06.01.2013 Views

Release. Pressure. Animate.

Release. Pressure. Animate.

Release. Pressure. Animate.

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

PRESSURE. RELEASE. ANIMATE.<br />

How to hold a better creative flow, so improving productivity and intuitivity,<br />

by using a customized toolset for 3D character animation?<br />

Roy Nieterau<br />

Hogeschool voor de Kunsten Utrecht<br />

Faculteit KMT – 2010<br />

Begeleiders: Yvonne van Ulden, Bobby de Groot


Summary<br />

The development of technology has changed animation in 3D software quite significantly<br />

throughout the latest years. More techniques, more complex rigs and way more<br />

possibilities have been giving great control and power to the animator. But, often<br />

development towards intuitivity, efficiency and productivity seems to be overruled by the<br />

constant urge to developing more breathtakingly complex techniques. Flow, as described<br />

by Mihály Csikszentmihalyi as a state of awareness that optimizes any and all human<br />

activities, seems to be absent and totally not important for software developers<br />

nowadays. Though animators need to constantly struggle and work their way through<br />

this increased complexity and higher amount of difficult technicalities.<br />

With a field study on how animators in different fields of animation work, keep focus<br />

and are able to get and stay in a flow of animating this thesis will present key ingredients<br />

that animators need to work productively and creatively. Overall pipeline of professionals<br />

and starting students give insight in their perception and need for flow resulting in a clear<br />

and globally interchangeable list of needs important for all. It‟s a key starting point to the<br />

key ingredients for development towards flow-enhancing tools for animators.<br />

This thesis revolves around the center question: How to hold a better creative flow,<br />

so improving productivity and intuitivity, by using a customized toolset for 3D character<br />

animation? The result presents a rule set for creating tools to enhance flow and creativity<br />

in the act of animating in 3D software by increasing the focus and simplicity of the tasks<br />

at hand and decreasing any interference. For this the tools come down to working more<br />

in 2D space, focusing on a single act in the production and automating the unnecessary.<br />

Furthermore they are based on familiar instinctive designs with a high speed rate so all<br />

stages of animation from planning and character handling to management can be<br />

handled more efficiently and more intuitively. With these guidelines towards flow-<br />

enhancement this thesis provides a generous amount of concepts and designs that are<br />

interesting for near-future development towards an easier 3D work environment and will<br />

introduce a work towards a future for animators where flow will more likely be present.


“Art challenges technology. Technology inspires the art.”<br />

John Lasseter


Preface<br />

I have been intrigued and touched by the developments of moving images and art<br />

throughout my whole life. What started with a kid-like interest in animation and games<br />

ended up in a continuing drive to know and develop more within the field of 3D software,<br />

with the focus on animated films. The act of animating has been, ever since I tried<br />

touching it for the first time, an amazing experience as I‟ve made virtual characters come<br />

alive and become a personality. But never have I felt comfortable or been able to acquire<br />

a constant focus on the process alone. I‟ve always faced difficult technicalities in software<br />

and the production management. This has, ever since I felt able to make a difference,<br />

been my greatest motivation for learning and thinking about new techniques and<br />

technologies.<br />

I‟ve also been constantly motivated and inspired by everyone I‟ve come in touch with<br />

through school and the research of this thesis. I would like to thank Yvonne van Ulden for<br />

her constant belief in my research and her effort with helping me progress. The people<br />

who have been willing to cooperate and aid me with the process of my research in the<br />

fields of traditional animation are also greatly appreciated: Niels Beekes, Hilde Buiter,<br />

Davor Bujakovic, Junaid Chundrigar, Sandro Cluezo, Anna Elisabeth Eijsbouts, Tiffany<br />

Ford, Adrian Garcia, Victor Maldonado, Witte van der Tempel, Alfredo Torres, Kasper<br />

Werther and Thomas Hietbrink. I would also like to thank Jasper Brekelmans and Hans<br />

Walther who were kind enough to discuss their motion capture workflow and pipeline<br />

with me. Many thanks go out to those that shared their insights and knowledge on the<br />

computer animation workflow with me: Mark Bazelmans, Denis Bouyer, Nanda van Dijk,<br />

Nick Groeneveld, Gijs van Kooten, Dimitar Dimitrov Kralev, Job van den Linden van den<br />

Heuvel, Yann de Preval, Guido Puijk, Jeroen Ritsema, Edwin Schaap, Vincent E Sousa,<br />

Percy Tienhooven and Tashina van Zwam. Also thanks to Jan van der Tempel for sharing<br />

his thesis on flow in computer music with me. In special I would like to thank Bobby de<br />

Groot, Dimitar Dimitrov Kralev, Arjan van Meerten, Sven Neve and Jean-Paul Tossings<br />

for their openness, kindness and talks about their pipeline, technology and their thoughts<br />

on the future. And I‟m very grateful for the love and support from my family who helped<br />

motivate me to work as hard as I‟ve ultimately done.<br />

With the aid of this research I‟ve been able to focus more on where the problems in<br />

the workflow and pipeline of animation occur and how to deal with it personally, but even<br />

more improve it by enhancing or developing tools for the 3D animation environment. I‟ve<br />

been able to get a lot of new insights and ideas for the 3D animation future and even<br />

have found ways that I feel much more comfortable in the 3D animation software. I<br />

really hope that anyone going through my paper can get at least some of such an<br />

improvement or be inspired towards even further development of the ideas presented in<br />

this thesis.


Table of Contents<br />

Table of Contents .................................................................................................. 5<br />

Introduction .......................................................................................................... 1<br />

1. Creativity and Flow ............................................................................................ 4<br />

1.1 What is Creativity and what is flow? ................................................................ 4<br />

1.2 How can a flow be maintained or broken? ........................................................ 7<br />

1.3 What makes for intuitive creativity? ................................................................ 9<br />

1.4 Creativity and flow within workflow and production. .........................................11<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields ...................................................................... 14<br />

2.1 Animating like a puppeteer. (Stop motion/clay/puppet) ....................................15<br />

2.2 Flowing lines as animation. (Drawn animations, 2D) .........................................22<br />

2.3 The 2D digital style. (After effects, flash, TVpaint) ..........................................38<br />

2.4 Capturing a life performance. (Motion capture, rotoscoping) .............................44<br />

2.5 Concluding the productivity workflow. ............................................................52<br />

2.6 Concluding the style difference. .....................................................................56<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow .............................................................................. 60<br />

3.1 The development of 3D software ....................................................................60<br />

3.2 The solid creative workflow of professionals ....................................................62<br />

3.2.1 Animators at Pixar ..................................................................................64<br />

3.2.2 Animating on Legend of the Guardians: The Owls of Ga'Hoole (2010) ...........69<br />

3.2.3 Animation in smaller sized productions ......................................................72<br />

3.2.4 Animating with the use of new techniques. ................................................76<br />

3.3 The open creative workflow of starters, students, hobbyists. .............................78<br />

3.4 My personal pick on a 3D workflow. ...............................................................81<br />

4. Developing a toolset......................................................................................... 88<br />

4.1 What makes for an intuitive tool? ...................................................................88<br />

4.2 Guidelines for developing flow-enhancing (animation) tools. ..............................91<br />

4.3 The needs for improvement...........................................................................95<br />

4.3.1 Improvements on preplanning. .................................................................97<br />

4.3.2 Improvements for character handling. .......................................................99<br />

4.3.3 Improvement for notations and logging. .................................................. 104<br />

4.4 The tool concepts. ...................................................................................... 105


4.4.1 Concepts for preplanning ....................................................................... 107<br />

4.4.2 Concepts for character posing ................................................................ 112<br />

4.4.3 Concepts for notations and logging ......................................................... 123<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset ................................................................................. 132<br />

5.1 The Mac „n‟ Cheese (2011) production .......................................................... 132<br />

5.2 Using the tool together with other animators ................................................. 135<br />

5.3 Productivity test......................................................................................... 137<br />

5.4 Does it influence my/our style? .................................................................... 143<br />

Conclusion ......................................................................................................... 145<br />

Reference Sources .............................................................................................. 149<br />

Attachments ...................................................................................................... 153


Introduction<br />

Not a very long time ago I had a discussion with one of my best friends, to be more<br />

precise my girlfriend, who is also into animation. I remember the discussion clearly<br />

because it has been a life altering discussion and ever since, getting dressed and<br />

undressed has been a pleasure. Sometimes even without her around there has been<br />

some improvement in the act of dressing and undressing. It all started when I was<br />

getting undressed after a long day of work and I heard her laugh from across the room.<br />

I, of no wrong doing aware, asked her: “Why are you laughing?” She answered: “It‟s the<br />

way you take your shirt off. It‟s a boys thing. Girls do it differently.” She told me she had<br />

noticed this through the years out of her interest in body movement and motion. At first<br />

the discussion was pretty pointless, as there was just „that‟ difference. But after a while<br />

and after trying out the different techniques I‟ve found out that the man‟s technique of<br />

taking off a T-Shirt is actually a lot slower than how a girl does it.<br />

The girls‟ style is a gentle approach, where the arms follow a nice curvature and give<br />

flow to the body where she can proudly, and if she wishes be sexy, shake her hips while<br />

she undresses. Think of a woman walking towards you while she is undressing on some<br />

striptease music and you‟ll understand the basic motion. Men on the other hand have a<br />

different approach; it‟s not at all based on smooth lines and fluent motion but is pretty<br />

straight forward. It might be just me, but my instinct tells me that if you want to move<br />

something you just pull it, and it doesn‟t really matter where you grab the object you<br />

want to move as long as there‟s just a result of your action. Here, the removal of the<br />

shirt. Ever since I‟ve been switching gender on the matter of this subject I‟ve been able<br />

to make a choice on how I want the resulting motion of the act to be. Sometimes it<br />

doesn‟t matter at all how you undress, but it might be, sometime, the most important<br />

thing of all. Say you‟re getting undressed in front of the girl you love, you wouldn‟t want<br />

to screw that up, would you? Or, you might be an animator. And the motion, the<br />

curvature, the result and speed of any approach that differ might have a function in your<br />

work and its results.<br />

Introduction<br />

1


Within projects at the Utrecht School of the Arts I‟ve learned that not only speed of<br />

the production is influenced by workflow. But I‟ve learned that a correct workflow, even<br />

more finding and holding a creative flow while working also increases intuitivity,<br />

creativity and best of all makes for a better work environment. I‟ve learned pretty soon<br />

that almost all of the final result depends on the way you approached it. Art is an<br />

evolvement as much as it is an involvement. But both the involvements as well as the<br />

evolvements have been a result of the workflow through all my previous projects.<br />

Though I‟ve found pros and cons in different approaches I‟ve dealt with through these<br />

years at this school, I‟ve always felt there was a type of barrier between my flow and the<br />

software. It being technical boundaries, visual boundaries or speed boundaries. The<br />

result of this research, the toolset, is meant as a solution for this. By changing these<br />

boundaries, changing this workflow, I‟m trying to change and eventually be able to<br />

choose on how I want to put on my clothes as an animator.<br />

For this research I‟ve felt the need to get a good grip on what creativity is, how to<br />

produce a creative flow, how creative flow is maintained and try connecting it with the<br />

creative processes. Especially because this is what I‟ve felt that has been corrupted by<br />

current limitations. Therefore I‟ll first delve into that part of the matter. Then I‟ll do<br />

research to other animation fields to get a good grip on possible approaches and the<br />

different styles of workflow it has produced through the years. The result will be a<br />

handbook on possible workflows and approaches that have been developed through a<br />

way longer period than the field of computer animation even exists. Then I‟ll check and<br />

see how this differs to the way 3D Computer Animation has evolved and how it is<br />

currently being used. The result will give light on matters that could certainly be handled<br />

better, giving less stress on the mind, a more intuitive approach to the act of animating<br />

and relieving some of the pressure on animators in the field of 3D Computer Animation in<br />

general.<br />

While doing the research I‟m the technical director and lead animator (as well as<br />

supervisor) on an animated short “Mac „n‟ Cheese”, created together with Tom Hankins,<br />

Gijs van Kooten and Guido Puijk. Development will constantly be discussed within the<br />

team and will eventually evolve into a partly testable product of which I‟ll finally conclude<br />

the results of my research and discuss the improvement of creative flow and the results.<br />

The part of the toolset that remains untested (in practice) while working on this short is a<br />

resulting workflow from what we used with Mac „n‟ Cheese leading us to things we still<br />

missed. The designed concepts will be discussed with small studios, students and some<br />

freelance animators while going through the chapters, as animo test for the designs as<br />

well as for providing thorough tips on the designs and concepts.<br />

Introduction<br />

2


This is all evolving around the main question:<br />

How to hold a better creative flow, so improving productivity and intuitivity,<br />

by using a customized toolset for 3D character animation?<br />

This paper is possibly of much interest to recently starting animators that are in search of<br />

a creative flow in their way of working, but can also provide improvement in the<br />

structure of business professionals trying to look for a fresh or new insight into the<br />

workflow of animation. The results will be especially useful for students and small studios<br />

where animators don‟t only copy line tests and create animations as if working in a<br />

factory (working by blueprint.) Because the resulting toolset relieves stress on handling<br />

the animation shots in production as well as the act of animating it is not only interesting<br />

for animators that do nothing but animating, but even more those that deal with<br />

production, shot management, data wrangling besides animating a shot. Mostly among<br />

them are students, small studios or animation supervisors in medium sized studios.<br />

The resulting conclusion of this paper will not be, by any means, the only correct way<br />

on how to create good quality animation. Even more so, it will be a way that has worked<br />

in the process of this research and has thus resulted into being a working workflow. And<br />

despite the resulting tool development in this paper being based on the field of 3D<br />

Computer Animation the research itself may also be of interest to other animators or<br />

even other artists that are seeking more insight, or another sight, on a workflow<br />

providing creative flow.<br />

Introduction<br />

3


1. Creativity and Flow<br />

1.1 What is Creativity and what is flow?<br />

Let‟s start simple and grab the dictionary for a definition of the word creativity.<br />

Creativity is the state or quality of being creative. (Dictionary, 2011)<br />

Where creative is being explained as: “resulting from originality of thought, expression,<br />

etc.; imaginative: creative writing.” (ib.) Meaning that once I lay down my pencil on a<br />

piece of paper, draw a line as I‟m imagining it will mean that I‟m in the process of being<br />

creative. Hence, than that is my creativity. For me, drawing just a line as I imagine it<br />

doesn‟t make my current artwork my new masterpiece. I feel that to be able to do so. To<br />

create. To build a foundation for the art that‟s in my head, maybe even for art to come in<br />

my head I need a certain state of mind, I need a flow. Without actually trying to mock<br />

the English dictionary let us again grab one of the actual references from the dictionary,<br />

but now on the word flow. Flow, to proceed continuously and smoothly: Melody flowed<br />

from the violin. Or, to circulate: blood flowing through one‟s veins. (ib.) This would be<br />

two descriptions that would fit what you need to have to draw lines. Combine these two<br />

to be able to produce art. (Not necessarily your masterpiece.) So let us just flow a little<br />

bit more information about this all.<br />

… creative capacity may to some degree be present in all of us. (e.g. Amabile,<br />

1996; Csikszentmihalyi, 1996; Eysenck, 1993; Guilford, 1950; Sternberg &<br />

Lubart, 1995). (Weisberg, 2006)<br />

It‟s debatable if everyone has the capability to be fully creative (and to be innovative<br />

within this creativity) and is able to create a masterpiece, whether it be animation, a<br />

painting or an innovative new technology they invent.<br />

There is also a minority view in psychology (e.g. Perkins, 1981; Newell, Shaw, &<br />

Simon, 1962; Weisberg, 1980, 1986, 2003), to which I [Weisberg] subscribe that<br />

proposes that the thought processes underlying the production of innovations are<br />

the same thought processes that underlie our ordinary activities. (Weisberg,<br />

2006)<br />

But both of the above come down to the same principle. People, in general, are able to<br />

come into the state of being creative and produce original products from or containing<br />

their imagination of thought, expression and so forth. As mystical as art has been<br />

through all the years with even artworks with this explicitly as expression like René<br />

Margritte‟s Ceci n‟est pas une pipe feels closely related to creativity based on their<br />

mystical and subjective interpretations of the matter.<br />

1. Creativity and Flow<br />

4


There are two difficulties in discussing research on creativity. Some people, even<br />

people with very deep knowledge of psychological phenomena, come to the<br />

subject of creativity with the belief that the topic is so mystical and/or subjective<br />

that it could never be captured by psychological methods (Sternberg & Lubert,<br />

1996)<br />

It‟s just noticeable how seemingly almost everyone that feels creative with the word<br />

creative, amongst this everyone are writers like Mihály Csikszentmihalyi, Ken Robinson<br />

and Graham Wallas, is willing to write a book about the topic, as there are many opinions<br />

about the matter. Some even contradicting the dictionary, for which I can't really blame<br />

these authors, as the dictionary seems to be lacking for its description of the word<br />

creativity and some of the related. For the matter of this research it's not important<br />

whether everyone is able to be creative, but what is important is to notice and know that<br />

anyone could be creative and what is needed for this to efficiently be true. Coming down<br />

to what has been referred to as flow.<br />

Flow is the state you‟re mentally in when you‟re fully immersed in an activity and<br />

you‟re getting closer to the goal with a fully energized focus, full involvement and<br />

success in the process of the activity. Flow should not be mistaken with the expression to<br />

go with the flow, which means to act conform to common behavior patterns with an<br />

attitude of calm acceptance. Flow is complete focused motivation, where emotions aren‟t<br />

just contained and channeled, but remain positive, energized and aligned with the task at<br />

hand during the undergoing of the state. Flow can be recognized by a feeling of rapture<br />

during the performance of a task but has also been described by Mihály as a deep focus<br />

on nothing but the activity itself, where not even oneself or one‟s emotions are in focus.<br />

Meaning there is no distraction from how you feel or what you think, and all focus is<br />

purely in the act of the production. Even more, being in flow changes your perception of<br />

time, it seems to pass much quicker. I‟ve always learned that enjoying something in a<br />

day makes it feels like it passes relatively quick, time seems to go faster. The changed<br />

perception of time can be linked to the intrinsically rewarding process. So flow. Or what<br />

is also called, being in the Zone. For programmers referred to as Hack Mode. Stock<br />

market operators have used the term in the pipe not that rarely for just being in the flow.<br />

Flow is positive and is noticeable by others as an increased work environment (happier<br />

co-worker), improved productivity (speed goes up) and a better ending (better results).<br />

In short, being in a flow results in the following:<br />

1. High level of concentration<br />

2. Merging of action and awareness<br />

3. The loss of self-consiousness<br />

4. The transformation of time<br />

1. Creativity and Flow<br />

5


5. The process is intrinsically rewarding<br />

Personally I‟ve experienced such a flow in personal brainstorm sessions, but I have<br />

also experienced similar flow-like feelings while sketching out different styles for a<br />

concept. There has also been one animation project, which was created at a high speed<br />

in a limited amount of time, where almost the entire animation was done in one flow.<br />

This was a 2D animation made in Flash. For me, flow can be induced by others in a<br />

project in which you work together. How this happens will be discussed in the next<br />

paragraph. Being in a flow gets good results, great productivity and it feels great. A flow<br />

getting broken is therefore a waste, it is important that when flow can be reached and<br />

gets reached that it should be maintained and used to your advantage for the longest<br />

possible amount of time.<br />

The word flow with the meaning as described above has – so I feel - a bit of a<br />

philosophical touch to it, which for me dissociates it from something that improves the<br />

production in the way that it does, namely positive. For me, what works to let this<br />

„philosophical‟ meaning of the word flow go is to adjust it into calling it: “workflow.” This<br />

makes it more personal and makes it correspond to the idea that you want to create<br />

something. So. Workflow. It‟s to keep in mind that the word workflow – which will be<br />

described later in this chapter - in itself already relates to part of the production instead<br />

of the state the user is in while producing. Even more, for many others the word flow by<br />

itself might just be what they want as reference to the definition as mentioned and thus<br />

will be used in the remainder of this paper.<br />

1. Creativity and Flow<br />

6


1.2 How can a flow be maintained or broken?<br />

According to Mihály a Flow will only be achieved when you‟re in a field where your skill<br />

level (at that moment) is in balance with the challenge of the goals. If you would perform<br />

within a high skill level, but the job would be easily doable you would be in control or<br />

even in relaxation. If you‟re trying to achieve something extremely difficult (high<br />

challenge) but don‟t have the skills you‟ll get to a point of anxiety. If the challenge for<br />

you is less you‟ll pass the flow channel and get to boredom. (Csíkszentmihályi, 1997)<br />

Left: the relation of challenge relative to skill clarifying the resulting states. (Csikszentmihalyi, 2008)<br />

Right: the relation between challenge and skill clarifying the flow channel. (ib.)<br />

The right image shows that performing a „low‟ challenge with „low‟ skills still results<br />

within the flow channel, but it should be noted that the challenge then is still high for the<br />

user. He‟s still being challenged on his skills enough to get in the flow. The images can<br />

seem contradictory, but it is really more about balance than the challenge level or skill<br />

level on its own. Mihály also states that flow can‟t be initiated (as in forced) by the user<br />

and is unpredictable. Though, he mentions that there are a couple of conditions that<br />

remain necessary for getting to the state of a flow.<br />

1. Have a clear goal.<br />

2. A balance of challenge and skill. (images above)<br />

3. Task must have immediate and clear feedback.<br />

4. Sense of control.<br />

He says that if there‟s no goal, there‟s no way to check if you‟re going in the right<br />

direction and know that you‟re creating the right thing. There just doesn‟t seem to be<br />

„flow‟ in not going anywhere, you‟re just being merely lucky. With point two he means<br />

that you must have confidence in being able to do the task. The immediate and clear<br />

feedback gives the ability to adjust the performance to maintain the state of the flow.<br />

1. Creativity and Flow<br />

7


The third condition might seem simple, but is the main point that focuses on losing the<br />

flow. For animators, when you‟re feeling the character should do this, move this way,<br />

then go up, move around and start dancing it‟s already like you‟re in a short state of flow<br />

where you know what you will be doing, know what to adjust and what your next short-<br />

term goal is. And at that moment, you‟re thinking (with a smile) I‟ll do this. You<br />

straighten the chair, open your eyes, stare at the screen. Click-click-click, position here,<br />

move that. Ah, getting closer for this pose. This takes time. Then, ok. Some frames later,<br />

here. Yes, that‟s what I want! Ok. Play, and check. You watch. Stare. Think. Take time to<br />

feedback the work. Once you notice something is off, not working right, you‟ll step back,<br />

rethink and retry the initial step. For now, this sounds like not that big of a deal. But if<br />

you‟re going to have to reposition to a total different pose, sketching out a whole other<br />

way of your flow it takes too much time to stay in the flow. You lose the immediate<br />

feedback of a visual image of what you‟re trying to create. Even more you lose a sense of<br />

direct control. That‟s probably why most 3D animator return back to pencil and paper to<br />

sketch ideas out and check if things will work.<br />

As stated in the previous subchapter I shall provide some explanation on how a flow<br />

can be induced - or better said maintained - in a team. Like mentioned, for a flow to exist<br />

there should be immediate and clear feedback. This is hardly obtainable on your own in a<br />

group project where opinion on the matter from other group members is of high value. At<br />

moments like these immediate and clear feedback is only available when working closely<br />

with the team members and the feedback is provided at a constant rate and is clear to<br />

the one actively working on the matter so his flow will not be broken.<br />

The cycles of rest, production, consumption, and interaction are as much a part of<br />

how we experience life as our senses - vision, hearing, and so forth - are. Because<br />

the nervous system is so constructed that it can only process a small amount of<br />

information at any given moment, most of what we can experience must be<br />

experienced serially, one thing after the other. […] Thus the limitations on<br />

attention, which determines the amount of psychic energy we have for<br />

experiencing the world, provide an inflexible script for us to live by.<br />

(Csikszentmihalyi, 1997, pp. 5-6)<br />

Like Csikszentmihalyi states there is a maximum amount of information we can<br />

productively filter and use to our advantage. If this is generally perceived as true, than I<br />

would consider 3D animation in its current state to be beyond our abilities. This totally<br />

depends on how small this amount of information precisely is. As, at any given moment,<br />

the 3D animation software processes a lot of information (of which much isn‟t really<br />

meant to be given to the user and is to be done in the background, but it still is a lot of<br />

information to process) which could make the user lose sight on his actual work. The<br />

animator will have to switch between looking at the end result – the actual piece of art,<br />

the characters pose, the line of motion, and so forth – and the actual process of creating<br />

1. Creativity and Flow<br />

8


this piece of art – posing the character, moving the camera, selecting controllers. This<br />

complex process makes even real-time results appear to the animator as a non-<br />

immediate feedback, resulting in a break of flow.<br />

Sketching, the try-out. Trials. The audition for your idea of the character<br />

(representative for each shot on its own) should be more easily manageable within the<br />

3D software. It's not necessarily about literal sketching tools within the software, but<br />

even quicker ways to pose the character, faster selection and an overall more fluent way<br />

to things. It‟s like 3D animation software is not the extension of my arm like a pencil is,<br />

and for animators (or even anyone in the 3D business) the software package should be<br />

just like an overpowered pencil and paper. Once the user has the feeling that he‟s being<br />

held or blocked by a limitation or the software crashes there‟s a great chance that his<br />

state will suffer and he‟ll lose flow as this most likely produces a break in his positive<br />

productivity state. Therefore the user should be allowed all control only where he needs<br />

such control to be the direct director of the act instead of having to look for a<br />

workaround or think on how it could be done. Being blocked from working the way you<br />

want to influences your emotional state shifting more focus to oneself or one‟s emotions,<br />

thus breaking flow.<br />

1.3 What makes for intuitive creativity?<br />

Intuitive creativity is creativity where the act of being creative feels natural and normal<br />

as if it is your preferred and standard comfortable workflow. Being intuitively creative<br />

brings the results of a flow like high productivity and speed, good results and a nice work<br />

environment. But even more, it‟s a standard that should be maintainable throughout<br />

almost the entire length of the project, where moments off the project and any rest at all<br />

is still contributing to the end product of the creative process. Graham Wallas presented<br />

the four-stage model of a creative process. Wherein lie the stages of preparation,<br />

incubation, illumination and verification. Within preparation is the definition of the<br />

problem or need and prepares us with criteria for verifying the solutions acceptability.<br />

Incubation is the moment we step back and away from the problem for our minds to step<br />

it through. Then illumination is where ideas arise from our minds to form a basis solution<br />

to the problem. This idea can be pieces of the whole or the whole itself. Unlike the other<br />

stages, the stage of illumination is often very short where big amounts of insights can be<br />

gained in small amounts of time. Then, verification is the stage where we check the<br />

results of the illumination against the criteria we gained at the preparation. As explained<br />

now it may seem a logical chronological process but this is not necessarily true. In the<br />

creative process we may many times step back into previous stages or skip one or<br />

multiple stages for a while.<br />

1. Creativity and Flow<br />

9


One of the first models on the creative process is this model by Wallas. Since then,<br />

there‟ve been numerous others that wrote about the creative process, like Barron,<br />

Rossman, Osborn, Koberg and Bagnall. Some show similarities or like Osborns model it<br />

even seems to be an expansion on Wallas‟ model. Others have a different basis, though<br />

most of them have the same standards. Nevertheless, the model by Wallas is a well-<br />

known model and for me seems to pinpoint the basics of a creative process. The four<br />

explained stages are all able to be within a flow and are all really needed for a flow to be<br />

able to exist at all. As mentioned a flow needs a goal, which is the result of the<br />

preparation stage where we define what we need. The incubation can be recognized by<br />

taking a long time, which does seem unrelated to a flow. But, as explained, it is the stage<br />

where we sit back and rethink actually what we‟re trying to do and what we want to<br />

achieve. An animator can have such a moment within a flow. Say, he takes a piece of<br />

paper and moves away from the 3D software to just re-sketch ideas on paper (and<br />

rethink the pose he‟s trying to create.). Though this looks a lot like the verification stage,<br />

where we check if it is what we need, but it isn‟t. The animator will not know if it will<br />

actually really work until he has produced it within the animation itself. The verification<br />

therefore comes each time the animator is producing his new thoughts in the 3D<br />

software and checks if it works out. The illumination is within this whole flow and now<br />

seems to be everywhere in the process, where the animator constantly thinks about his<br />

next steps while being unaware of the act of thinking about it. In a flow the animator<br />

should be fully focused on the act of working out a shot, instead of having to think about<br />

techniques and spend too much time on the process of evaluation so that it breaks his<br />

flow.<br />

For intuitive creativity therefore we need to take on a challenge, something new and<br />

something that is constantly asking the most of us. So we can get in a flow getting the<br />

feeling of rapture instead of feelings closer to relaxation. We must constantly be aware of<br />

what we want to produce and must be able to act full focus on that production instead of<br />

being aware of our mental state, ourselves or any technical limits that influence the way<br />

we would like to work. Through this, we must be able to „kill our darlings‟ and step back<br />

into the process of preparation to recheck our criteria if they are still correct and change<br />

them where needed. Intuitive creativity is a constantly changing act, and we must always<br />

at least be aware of the changes this act should bring upon us when needed in the work<br />

environment. Within new programs, with new toolsets, with a new producer, with a<br />

director with different ideas or within just a completely new project it is always important<br />

to evaluate correctly, than act and evolve accordingly. The workflow of this intuitive<br />

creativity is not a constant. The only basis there always is are the tools that provide the<br />

ability to create what is needed for the preparation‟s resulting criteria and your personal<br />

workflow with these tools.<br />

1. Creativity and Flow<br />

1<br />

0


You know that feeling when you watch a movie, stand up from the couch with a clear<br />

picture in your mind of something to eat you‟ll grab from the kitchen. You open the<br />

refrigerator and you find yourself standing there not remembering what you were going<br />

to get to eat. The mind seems to fail us at times. At first sight it doesn‟t look related, but<br />

it shows that despites the brain‟s impressive abilities it has a maximum capacity of<br />

information it can process. This can happen with anything you focus on. The Magical<br />

Number Seven, Plus or Minus Two: Some Limits on Our Capacity for Processing<br />

Information is a highly cited paper in psychology published in 1956 that argues that the<br />

average human can hold about 7 ± 2 pieces of information at the same time. (Miller,<br />

1956) But since then researchers found that the actual maximum is somewhere around 3<br />

or 4 pieces of information that can be processed simultaneously in the working memory.<br />

(Farrington, 2011) And I had already shortly mentioned – previous paragraph – that<br />

Cszikzentmihalyi also mentioned the influence of the amount of data we can hold. So, the<br />

amount of data that can be processed effectively by the human mind is really small.<br />

Beyond this point our focus starts to be lacking and thus it is important that intuitive<br />

creativity keeps away from mind stress as much as possible, coming down to simplicity.<br />

Conclusive I would like to say, or just repeat what I‟ve stated earlier. I feel, to be<br />

creative there is need for a certain workflow where you won‟t be delayed or your<br />

workflow gets altered, adjusted or hindered by the way the software works. And yes, a<br />

workflow is personal and is something you‟ve learned to work with. (Like the software<br />

package) But there should be no reason what-so-ever to not work in your own way<br />

within the software‟s structure. It‟s your workflow, your way of creation, therefore<br />

customizing and personalizing is needed to feel comfortable. Hence, If there‟s a better<br />

way in this path, if you at least feel that there‟s a better way, then you should use the<br />

tools in that way you feel most comfortable and productively.<br />

We cannot expect anyone to help us live; we must discover how to do it by<br />

ourselves. (Csíkszentmihályi, 1997, p. 2)<br />

1.4 Creativity and flow within workflow and production.<br />

Through the chapters I will be using the words workflow and pipeline to dictate certain<br />

parts of the production. A small explanation and introduction will give you some insight<br />

on how these words work together and can make an introduction towards developing and<br />

improving workflow and the pipeline for creativity and flow.<br />

1. Creativity and Flow<br />

1<br />

1


This picture shows the difference between pipeline and workflow. Also „Animator Interest‟ is depicted to show<br />

the field of interest (for development) of an animator (that only does animation.) This image can also be found<br />

in the attachments in a bigger size. This is a simplified example of a 3D production; therefore some stages may<br />

be missing.<br />

The pipeline is the overall line of production and the order and connections of the<br />

contained building blocks. For example a production pipeline could contain modeling,<br />

rigging, animation, rendering and compositing. For pipeline development there are a<br />

couple of points that are of high interest:<br />

- Flexibility,<br />

- Simplicity,<br />

- Accessibility,<br />

- and Scalability.<br />

The scheme depicts a straight line and although the mentioned blocks basic structure is<br />

often in that order it almost always happens that steps back and forth will be made<br />

throughout production. Therefore parts of the pipeline should be easily interchangeable<br />

and thus be flexible. Even more it should exceed at its simplicity by being organized,<br />

clean and non-redundant. So, the whole pipeline should be easily manageable and<br />

accessible. And, any pipeline that will be developed should be flexible enough to scale up<br />

and down based on the needs of its production. For this all to work smoothly it is<br />

important that the pipes between the building blocks – hence the word pipeline – are<br />

organized and streamlined.<br />

This picture shows an example of the workflow of animation for 3D animators. A workflow is one of the building<br />

blocks for in a pipeline. This image can also be found in the attachments in a bigger size.<br />

A workflow is one of the building blocks in a pipeline and depicts how such a building<br />

block is done from start to finish. For example an animator might use references as<br />

inspiration and building blocks, and then work out ideas working towards and with<br />

sketches and testing the developed ideas. Then he‟ll start working on the character in 3D<br />

by selecting, posing and managing this and will end-up with a stage of clean-up and<br />

tweaking. A workflow can be very personal as one - for example - might even work<br />

1. Creativity and Flow<br />

1<br />

2


without any reference or sketching. As long as the workflow provides consistent quality<br />

and speed throughout its progression it is reaching its primary goal, which is high quality<br />

delivery in time. But a good workflow constantly consists of a clear goal and constant<br />

progression in as well the product as the user‟s skillset. A workflow needs efficiency in<br />

speed, organization and simplicity. And it should provide a constant vision on the current<br />

task, what step is next and how he‟s (easiest) able to complete these tasks. Besides, the<br />

way the animator works should constantly motivate and bring inspiration and clarity to<br />

himself and (possibly) others. Even more, as discussed for flow, the choices of the<br />

animator should provide a good challenge to skill ratio so he can reach flow (as described<br />

by Csikszentmihalyi.)<br />

An animator in big productions will solely focus on animating. But in most school<br />

project, at small studios and also with the production of Mac „n‟ Cheese the animator isn‟t<br />

just the animator. I, for example, was the lead animator, animation supervisor and<br />

technical director. For this I did supervision, animation, rigging, troubleshooting,<br />

techniques testing as well as pipeline building. But besides just these general descriptions<br />

I‟ve been dealing with concept art, story development, cinematography, data wrangling,<br />

editing and promotion as well.<br />

An example picture of the Mac „n‟ Cheese pipeline (compressed to the biggest parts only) showing the division<br />

of my personal time and tasks throughout its pipeline. This image can also be found in the attachments in a<br />

bigger size.<br />

As you can see things add up and often this can make the user needing to deal with<br />

multiple tasks at the same time. To be creative, feel free and intuitive at the same time a<br />

structured and consistent workflow is required. As we‟ll see in the coming chapters<br />

there‟s room for improvement for almost all 3D animators. And even more in line of this<br />

research, there seems to be very much room for improvement in student productions<br />

(and small studios) and their pipeline, workflow and flow.<br />

1. Creativity and Flow<br />

1<br />

3


2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

There‟s quite some difference between 3D Computer Animation and the more traditional<br />

styles like 2D and Stop-Motion. It‟s digital, relatively new and seems to be quite<br />

technical. Though at least one thing they seem to have in common is the need of a<br />

workflow. This chapter will discuss these workflows of the different animation forms and<br />

will be discussed in comparison with the 3D computer animation workflow. This is to find<br />

structure and default procedures in an animator‟s workflow that have been defined in<br />

these fields through a (often) significant longer period than those in 3D Computer<br />

Animation. We‟ll be able to compare the differences, but even more learn about the room<br />

for improvement. Furthermore we‟ll acquire a mindset on animation that‟s often hard for<br />

3D animators to wrap their head around instantly, providing these insights are of great<br />

importance for any development. Thus, besides just delivering a small background of<br />

animation and its workflow in these field there‟s a lot more relevant information and data<br />

we can extract from this.<br />

There is a lot of difference in the habits between different studios even only within the<br />

field of Computer Animation. Even among students there is a different way of<br />

approaching the same thing, which makes generalization of „the workflow‟ hard or almost<br />

impossible. The same thing happens to be with the other forms of animation, as even<br />

some studios say they don‟t have a workflow, but a variety ways of starting a project<br />

depending on the needs of the project. A workflow for them is better defined with the<br />

word blueprint. By checking the development, the variety in workflows and the<br />

techniques used for animators to achieve their results in the variety of forms we can gain<br />

a better understanding of animation in general and find clues, tips and guidance towards<br />

ideas on how to animate that have been developed through a longer time period than the<br />

development of 3D Computer Animation.<br />

Also insight in structure of production, shot layout, shot staging, character<br />

personalities and character development can be gained and we‟ll see in this chapter how<br />

individuals divide this up, but even more how animators fit into the bigger studios‟<br />

structure. The differences in productions as described in this chapter lead up to an<br />

extraction of the base of production environment gaining insight and info on productive<br />

workflows and pipelines. From this I‟ll constantly try to compare this with 3D computer<br />

animation. At the end of each paragraph I‟ll shortly conclude my findings which will form<br />

the basis for the concepts designed and presented later in this thesis.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

1<br />

4


2.1 Animating like a puppeteer. (Stop motion/clay/puppet)<br />

A happy puppeteer<br />

The above picture represents a puppeteer as we probably imagine when we think about<br />

one. But this chapter is less about this guy and more about puppet, stop motion and clay<br />

animators, the production surrounding them and the resulting animations. The<br />

movement of a character by adjusting its body parts is rather similar to 3D animation,<br />

where you‟re actually moving around a virtual puppet. Therefore it‟s a good starting point<br />

for this research.<br />

The animation style is a result of real world objects being altered slightly frame after<br />

frame inducing the effect of consecutive motion. One of the main benefits which stop<br />

motion is acclaimed for is the artisan feeling it has. It feels like craftsmanship. It feels<br />

touched and moved, which gives it more of a mesmerizing feel. Like the fingerprints that<br />

appear in clay animation; they really add to the feel and visuals of stop motion<br />

animation. Most of the time these animations lack motion blur and present a clear sharp<br />

picture, because it is - most of the time - based on non-moving objects being<br />

photographed. Although this lack of smoothness sounds like a downside it is actually one<br />

of the points stop motion is most acclaimed for by fans. Beside these, in many cases,<br />

there is a choppy result in the overall motion, because after taking the picture there isn‟t<br />

really a way to go back and adjust it besides reanimating. A fluent motion is only possible<br />

with good planning of the animation in advance and requires an in-depth workflow or<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

1<br />

5


eally experienced animators that have acquired a feeling for it. Though this „imperfect‟<br />

quality of the media and the others described before are a favored upside for most of the<br />

fans of Stop Motion just like the lack of motion blur. It‟s what makes it Stop Motion,<br />

figuratively speaking. Furthermore, low-budget animations often lack camera movements<br />

and have a „staged‟ feel to the animation as moving the camera should be done on a<br />

special track that‟s complex to build and/or expensive to buy. The camera movement<br />

should be planned out beforehand and as we‟ll discuss later the whole animating is often<br />

done on a basis of in-depth preproduction and strict planning.<br />

Kasper Werther, student at the Utrecht School of Arts, mentioned the WYSIWYG 1<br />

(What You See Is What You Get) quality of stop motion which for him was one of the<br />

main upsides to stop motion animating. Pedri Animation‟s producer Thomas Hietbrink<br />

also confirmed that this was one of the primary benefits of this field of animation. What<br />

they mean with this quality is that the stage, lighting and characters – when set up -<br />

directly closely resemble the „rendered‟ result of the shot. As opposed to 3D animation<br />

where the final look, lighting and rendering of a shot is done after the animation or<br />

opposed to traditional 2D animation where after the initial animating there‟ll be clean-up,<br />

coloring and often in-depth compositing. This quality of stop motion gives the animator<br />

constant vision on an almost final composition, having influence on the poses and<br />

characters, thus the way he animates. He can directly see the result combination of<br />

colors of the character and background and how this is affected by lighting. He will be<br />

able to notice color clashing (between background and character) in this stage and can<br />

choose to change the animation totally or play down his animation in high contrast areas<br />

and vice versa so that the character feels right overall on stage. Arguably depending on<br />

person he might or might not be influenced by these things, though I‟ve noticed in 3D<br />

Animations that once rendered a character that was blending in the background in color<br />

and luminance a slow movement feels even slower, as there‟s less change the human<br />

eye will register because of the low-contrast in the area. And vice versa was for high<br />

contrast areas.<br />

Another effect affecting stop motion animating is the „life‟ that the character starts to<br />

have when being touched by the animator physically. The bond between the puppet and<br />

the animator gives the puppet a life of his own. According to stop motion animator Anna<br />

Elisabeth Eijsbouts they start to live from the moment you start working with them. The<br />

end result is just as magical for the audience as the process of creation is for the<br />

animator. As Hans Hofmann, a German-born American abstract expressionist painter,<br />

once said: “A work of art is a world in itself reflecting senses and emotions of the artist‟s<br />

world.” (Hoffman, Weeks, Hayes, 1967, p. 59) The effect of the animator‟s focus and<br />

1 WYSIWYG is short for What You See Is What You Get, a term used in computing to describe a system in<br />

which content displayed onscreen during editing appears in a form exactly corresponding to its appearance<br />

when displayed as a finished product.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

1<br />

6


ond with the character often creates the personality of the character almost<br />

automatically because of this. The character involves the animator and vice versa. It‟s<br />

often said that animators are actors with stage fright and I‟d like to think about<br />

animating as acting. This „acting‟ for animators is important as the animator should<br />

constantly be aware of what the character will be doing, how he is feeling and how that<br />

makes him move. Being in touch with a physical character that creates this bond and<br />

brings over these emotions can help the animator stay „in character‟, thus keeping the<br />

right driving force throughout the shot. Although this was answered by stop motion<br />

animators I interviewed I‟m still on the edge of whether believing this makes that much<br />

of a difference, if influencing the state of the animator at all. Harry Harlow, a prominent<br />

American psychologist in the 1950‟s questioned the then commonly held theoretical<br />

position that affection is an innate drive developed through the repeated association of<br />

the mother with reduction of the primary biological drives, particularly hunger and thirst.<br />

Harry instead focused his research on bodily contact and attachment formation. (cf.<br />

Mullaney, 2009, design-emotion.com) He discovered that this – bodily contact - was an<br />

overwhelmingly important variable in forming a bond, hereby highlighting the importance<br />

of touch and sense for forming emotional attachments. (Harlow, H.F., 1962) We<br />

instinctively know that a metal chair should feel colder than a wooden chair. Even such a<br />

physical touch can introduce emotion – or even memories – based on just the<br />

temperature, texture and mass creating a possible bond between animator and puppet.<br />

The mentioned effect can, on basis of the argued cause, hardly be introduced in the<br />

virtual world of 3D computer animation. Though, the coming of new tangible interfaces<br />

where virtual objects (and thus possibly characters) are controllable and perceivable by<br />

respectively touch and resisting forces - like a mass you would touch in the physical<br />

world - could make this possible. Though this development is interesting, and of course<br />

makes room for an elaborate philosophical debate on future changes, it‟s not the<br />

development I‟ll be creating with the toolset. But keeping in the back of our minds what<br />

will „ever‟ be possible, thus thinking out of the box of what we now perceive as the<br />

possible, enables us to think beyond this limited extent. Outside todays ordinary box can<br />

be room for extraordinary concepts which could introduce new interfaces for interaction<br />

and alter the way we look at 3D animation completely. I will try to touch most new<br />

technologies and inventions that I deem relevant and which I know off to provide the<br />

most up-to-date information for current workflow and future possibilities. The concepts<br />

developed could then be based or discussed on basis of any discussed technology<br />

becoming available or possible in the near future. Some could (in simpler extent) already<br />

have an implementation nowadays or in the near future with the help of a bigger<br />

programming team (instead of a simple animation student without any well-educated<br />

programming background). Thus, concepts that are impossible to be developed by me -<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

1<br />

7


with my current programming knowledge and/or available time - are still inclusive for the<br />

conclusion as the research is a work towards this near future.<br />

Though, as mentioned shortly, stop motion animation is always animated in a straight<br />

forward method applying changes to the character chronologically on a frame-by-frame<br />

basis. This method is maybe, so I feel, an even more important reason why the animator<br />

feels the bond with the character while animating. The WYSIWYG effect of a stop motion<br />

character on set is amplifying this bond even more, as the animator starts to „feel‟ the<br />

poses in an almost similar state as to how the audience – who watches the animation in<br />

the end – will be affected by the character as it‟s already looking like a living character<br />

with his own mind and story on screen. This constant awareness while chronologically<br />

posing the movement of the character is crucial for believability, personality and high<br />

quality animation.<br />

Movement can easily be achieved by drawing the same thing in two different<br />

positions and inserting a number of other drawings between the two. The result<br />

on the screen will be movement, but it will not be animation. In nature, things do<br />

not just move. Newton's first law of motion stated that things do not move unless<br />

a force acts upon them. So in animation the movement itself is of secondary<br />

importance; the vital factor is how the action expresses the underlying causes of<br />

the movement. With inanimate objects these causes may be natural forces,<br />

mainly gravity. With living characters the same external forces can cause<br />

movement, plus the contractions of muscles but, more importantly, there are the<br />

underlying will, mood, instincts and so on of the character who is moving.<br />

(Halas, Whitaker, 2002)<br />

For believable 2 animation any motion on screen should obey to rules that either we know<br />

from real-life or the rules that have been explained and made believable to the audience<br />

by watching the (rest of the) film. But – especially if he chooses not to obey the rules -<br />

the animator should always be aware of the fact that a large mass can‟t suddenly come<br />

to a hold. If he chooses to do so anyway he should be aware of the fact that he‟s<br />

breaking the rule. If he does it as stylization throughout a whole film, for perceiving a<br />

certain effect or any other reason he should still know what he‟s bringing over to the<br />

audience in effect. In animation the animator should constantly be aware of the<br />

character‟s mood and how he will „pull the next move‟ in correspondence with his<br />

thoughts, emotional state and personality at that moment. Even more he should keep in<br />

mind the style of the film, continuity of the scene and progression of the story as well. In<br />

effect there‟s a lot for the animator to focus on. If the animator starts to animate without<br />

any planning whatsoever he‟ll have to constantly be aware of all these and any<br />

technicalities or problems that might come up. Focusing on so many things at the same<br />

time can distract from the focus on the actual movement and living of the character.<br />

At Pedri-Animation they have their own strict pipeline and workflow for getting<br />

2 Believable refers to the realism as developed at Disney like the principles of animation. An in-depth discussion<br />

on this development at Disney and meaning of realism can be found in the following paragraph.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

1<br />

8


everything done smoothly at the moment of animating. While asking Thomas Hietbrink,<br />

producer at Pedri-Animation, about their stop motion workflow I was astonished by how<br />

fast he said the actual animation part was. He said their animators created about 10<br />

seconds (final animation) a day, which compared to the field of 3D Computer Animators<br />

where Pixar animators do about 4 seconds a week is quite a big difference. (Howell,<br />

2009, www.thestar.com) About 30 seconds of animation per week difference to be exact<br />

(based on 5 workdays.) And don‟t forget that often these are full-time animators that<br />

only do animation in the production. At Pedri-Animation the actual process of animating<br />

is done based off of a line test 3 and a strict storyboard where almost everything has been<br />

set as fixed points. Being in the production and recording phase literally means just<br />

„building‟ what has been set as a goal. He also told me that it almost never happens that<br />

there is reshoot. Meaning, for stop motion, that there‟s almost never a fault in the<br />

animation so big that the whole shot has to be redone. This is only possible because of<br />

the strict preproduction. The animators constantly have a clear goal of what to create<br />

and because everything is preplanned they don‟t deal with other things on their mind<br />

besides just creating that. Flow is then achievable once the animator feels the pressure<br />

of creating animation as awesome as possible to his skills, giving challenge to the act.<br />

Hence, reaching the upper right flow as depicted in the chart created by<br />

Csíkszentmihályi.<br />

Left: Commercial for Moneyou by Pedri Animation. Right: Loekie by Pedri Animation.<br />

The created puppets at Pedri Animations contain different kinds of rigs and joints<br />

based on what the character needs to do, based on the script. This limitation to only the<br />

necessity actually makes animating easier. Derived from good reference (the line test or<br />

storyboard) the animator copies the motion to the extent of what is possible with the rig.<br />

If the character was a penguin, then a happy pinguin is the character with a happy face<br />

plugged in. The speed of the animator is high, because the whole time the animator<br />

knows exactly what the next pose will be, thus knows what pose to create. This kind of<br />

preplanning can increase the speed a lot, but is not necessarily the core of the tools I‟m<br />

trying to produce. What I‟ll be creating is not only a toolset to increase speed in posing,<br />

3 A line test, as referred to here, is a short example of the movement in a shot done as a<br />

series of 2D drawings, like a 2D animation.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

1<br />

9


ut also for a smoother, efficient pipeline (less memory overhead) and new ways to<br />

touch, adjust or deform the character are of high interest for involving the user with a<br />

better creative flow as will be discussed in later chapters.<br />

The strict workflow as provided for the animators at Pedri-Animation gives a clear<br />

goal that can be checked instantly almost every frame providing some requirements for<br />

getting into a flow. Though working from a line test as strict reference (almost rotoscopy)<br />

isn‟t asking too much from the animator, making him work in relaxation. Besides,<br />

copying something isn‟t really that intuitive or creative, is it? That would be true if the<br />

animator was doing a one on one copy of the line test, but he‟s not. Hietbrink stated that<br />

though the line test showed the dynamics, line of action and the overall (estimated)<br />

timing of each individual action it was only the actual stop motion animator that could<br />

put in the character, personality, emotion and final touches to the animation. Even more,<br />

the animator has to do this in quite a short time, still asking much of his skills. Flow is<br />

achievable here because of this time-pressure and needed injection of the characters<br />

personality and emotions. An animator focuses only on the characters movement – and<br />

is „magically‟ forced to do so by the physical touch of the character – with a clear goal<br />

which helps this focus. Camera movement is done by another person and sometimes<br />

there‟s an assistant animator to help on extra things of a character or other parts in the<br />

scene. This makes the animator focus only on the character and not the world around it.<br />

This increases the possibility on full focus and makes it easier to „forget‟ the world around<br />

him to forget oneself or one‟s emotions, bringing flow 4 .<br />

It‟s this kind of focus on one single thing that is often missing in 3D Computer<br />

Animation. Most of the time handling the camera is also part of the animator‟s job (on<br />

complex shots where the camera follows the animation.) Often in smaller studios the<br />

animator works off of a storyboard (no line test) and the line test gets replaced by a<br />

blocking done by the animator himself, this could be a line test or 3D blocking of the<br />

shot. Though, at Pixar there‟s a department for shot layout and another for animation,<br />

also dividing this up more. Again giving more focus. It‟s important that the toolset<br />

provides, emphasizes and helps this focused and „one-goal‟-oriented workflow. Since the<br />

resulting toolset of this research is for a student project (small team), which is less like<br />

Pixar or Pedri-Animations‟ production size. It‟s therefore interesting to note that though<br />

the team is small every bit that could introduce more focus (by workflow customization<br />

and a provided toolset) and fewer distractions should be an aim for this research.<br />

A downside with stop motion is the inability to step back and readjust a frame,<br />

whatever you do often is permanent unless you do a reshoot. When the animator knocks<br />

over a lamp or hits the camera it‟ll probably be hard to reposition these exactly the<br />

4 Forgetting oneself or one‟s emotions has been described as one of the results of being in a flow according to<br />

Mihály Csikszentmihalyi.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

2<br />

0


same, hence a „tick‟ of the lighting or composition onscreen resulting in the need of a full<br />

reshoot of the shot. Though, this downside could be a benefit for reaching flow. The<br />

required carefulness and planning raises the difficulty and gives excitement. The<br />

animator needs focus on the animation and needs to stay alert on what he is doing. He‟ll<br />

learn by mistakes (which often end up dramatically needing to reshoot) to work alert and<br />

focused and knows that whatever he‟s aiming for will always be of a high challenge. If we<br />

step back to the discussion about flow it was stated that for being able to achieve a flow<br />

these was one of the exact requirements.<br />

Stop Motion Animations in general show us the facts as provided before about the<br />

lack of motion blur and the (most of the time) choppy movements. Furthermore it has a<br />

mesmerizing magical feel to it, as real-life (and often non-living) objects appear to move<br />

in a surrealistic way. Also Stop Motion has the ultimate benefits of a physical touchable<br />

object that can be moved. After positioning you directly see the result, the pose, how the<br />

lighting affects the character and you can directly see the final result on screen which<br />

resembles the final composition (if you won‟t be adding a significant amount of post-<br />

effects.) Though the animator needs to stay alert and work with focus on the animation,<br />

which as stated is also a benefit (and requirement for reaching flow) once the animator<br />

has learned to work like that. The main requirements for the found stop motion workflow<br />

were good planning (line test or strict storyboard) so the poses and way you‟re going<br />

with each frame is as clear as can be. This clear goal can help the animator stay in focus<br />

and with progress towards the final goal continuously, like flow. Finding the right<br />

motion, timing or movement often has been done before the actual stop motion animator<br />

starts posing the character.<br />

Since I‟m trying to create tools that also affect this part before the actual animating,<br />

like „sketching‟ and „trying‟ in 3D instead of constantly reverting back to paper or other<br />

software or tools for adjusting timing or amplifying poses, there‟s not that much we can<br />

get from stop motion in that area. Though, the way the animator was relieved from<br />

stress by strict planning and full focus is one of the most important assets in an<br />

animator‟s workflow. Also, there seems much to say for tools that change how the<br />

animator can see the characters. The WYSIWYG effect can hardly be introduced to 3D,<br />

but this can guide us into other ways where the animator could easily check the<br />

silhouette of the character or flat shaded to see color clashing (without lighting) and so<br />

on. But more importantly I‟ve felt their attitude, their mind of work and this has given<br />

me more insight on what I actually do want or should need in production.<br />

Some things to keep in the back of our heads based on the provided arguments of<br />

this paragraph are these:<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

2<br />

1


- Direct results (WYSIWYG) affect the act of animating by influencing the<br />

animator‟s choices. It‟ll be easier for the animator to bond and relate with the<br />

character as well as seeing how it will end up in the movie. The close resemblance<br />

of the puppet to the final result in the movie will help the animator to see what<br />

the audience will end up seeing. But on the other side it is important to remember<br />

that stop motion is always done in a straight forward fashion and already<br />

animated frames can‟t easily be adjusted. The influence of that effect on the<br />

overall animation and its style is arguable but – so I feel – not deniable. Since it<br />

introduces at least AN alteration to workflow trying out „different ways of „seeing‟<br />

– even more feeling perhaps - the character.<br />

- The direct control and physical touch help bonding with the character and allows<br />

the character to „live its animation‟ for the animator. It helps the animator keep<br />

focus on the character‟s personality and emotions throughout a shot as the<br />

character starts living a life of its own. Closest in a virtual environment would be<br />

the briefly mentioned tangible interfaces. The next closest and most important<br />

within this is the direct control and instant feedback. Not feeling limited by<br />

technicalities but instead feeling like the direct and limitless controller of the<br />

character‟s act helps making the character live out its actions almost<br />

automatically for the animator influencing the quality of animation positively as<br />

well as the state of mind of the animator.<br />

- The animator always needs to have full focus on the character and his means of<br />

movement. The animator should always keep in account attitude, personality,<br />

emotion, mood and action of the shot. As this solely already requires lots of the<br />

animator, his focus and his mind it is important to note that every bit that could<br />

introduce more focus (by workflow customization and a provided toolset) and<br />

fewer distractions should be an aim for this research.<br />

- According to our findings in this paragraph one thing that can provide great<br />

assistance is a clean preproduction, the reference and tests should be thorough<br />

and extensively so the animator has a clear goal and knows what to focus on and<br />

solely focuses on only what is exactly then of utmost importance. Intensive<br />

testing and trying before the intensive portion of actual animating provides a<br />

higher quality and speed in production.<br />

2.2 Flowing lines as animation. (Drawn animations, 2D)<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

2<br />

2


This paragraph is about what in general is being referred to as traditional animation or<br />

classical animation. Simply said, it‟s the pen and paper kind. Traditional animation has<br />

quite some different techniques according to Wikipedia, but this chapter is not focused on<br />

these different techniques. It‟s more about what the workflow is for traditional animation<br />

in general.<br />

An obvious pick for workflow references of traditional animation workflow is that of<br />

Disney. They are extremely popular and their popularity has survived the decay of time<br />

through the years. Besides, Disney and its productions is (for most) the founder of the<br />

principles of animation and is therefore a good subject for an inspection of their<br />

workflow, but even more their development. Through the years team spirit, collaboration<br />

and discussions have been an important part of the development at Disney. Since the<br />

beginning Walts persistence on creating better animation has been great motivation for<br />

all of them and kept every individual on the edge of his seat and focused on finding out<br />

new types of wheels, checking which worked and which didn‟t. These experiments and<br />

developments were one of the main reasons why they were having discussions to begin<br />

with.<br />

Occasionally one individual disagreed with another over interpretation and even<br />

recollections, but, then, arguments were always daily occurrences where we were<br />

making the pictures. That was an important part of the team effort. (Thomas,<br />

Johnston, 1995, p. 9)<br />

Even more, in The Illusion of Life it‟s said that these discussions were one of the main<br />

reasons they were getting their hands firm on perceivable realism in animation and made<br />

them so accomplishable with the principles of animation development. Milt Kahl, one of<br />

Disney‟s Nine Old Men (Canemaker, John, 2001), mentioned that the Disney animation<br />

(in the older days) differed from others because of its believability. At Disney things had<br />

weight, the characters had muscles and they were giving it all the illusion of reality. (cf.<br />

Williams, Richard, 2001, p. 5) This is exactly what they‟ve developed and learned to<br />

exaggerate with their development of the principles of animation, realism. „Even<br />

"cartoony" work needs to be grounded in reality (both in physical motion and in a<br />

believable acting performance) for an audience to identify with it. I think that's really<br />

important to keep in mind.‟ (Kelly in Freeman, 2011a, shaunfreeman.com) But<br />

rotoscoping real-life motion in animation always feels off and floating. (Williams, Richard,<br />

2001) So copying real-life one on one wasn‟t really the way to go. Although the principles<br />

of animation were based on realism the animation really started to „live‟ when it got<br />

exaggerated. Dave Hand was once doing a test of Mickey riding along in his taxicab,<br />

whistling, with everything on the car rattling and bouncing. Dave was sure that the<br />

animation he created was a laugh and showed it to Walt Disney. Walt disliked it. Six<br />

times Dave corrected it, redrawing until he was nearly through the paper and still Walt<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

2<br />

3


did not like it. Dave got fed up. “The only thing I knew to do was to do something he<br />

wouldn‟t take – to make it so extreme that he would say, „I didn‟t mean that much! „” He<br />

showed it to Walt and Walt said, “There, Dave, that‟s just what I wanted!” (cf. Thomas,<br />

Johnston, 1995) Walt wanted animation based on realism, but this was only made<br />

perceivable in animation when exaggerated. (cf. Thomas, Johnston, 1995, p.66) Thus,<br />

important for an animation workflow is not to copy the exact lifelike motions but<br />

exaggerate real-life‟s principles and essences. Walt believed in going to the heart of<br />

anything and developing the essence of what was found. If a character was sad, make<br />

him sadder. This kind of development often starts from one strong key pose that<br />

progresses this storytelling. As we‟ll see when we discuss the methods for animating this<br />

is one of the greatest benefits of pose to pose animation. Though, for a general workflow<br />

this means that even the small (quick „n‟ dirty) thumbnail sketches of a character should<br />

be able to bring over the emotions and action of the character clearly. For this to be<br />

possible the animator needs to find the essence and build on top of that instead of<br />

instantly thinking of a pose that portrays the emotion as a whole. With the use of<br />

reference, checking frame-by-frame and actually researching what makes the character<br />

look sad gives the animator the ability to portray a pose that is a caricature of this<br />

emotion. (Thomas, Johnston, 1995) Reference of real-life is thus often of big<br />

importance. There‟ll be more on the use of reference later when discussing other<br />

animation fields.<br />

Squash and stretch, one of the principles of animation.<br />

The constant discussions at Disney lead to constant progression and got animators<br />

making signs to remember what they‟ve learned. Keeping track of new rules and things<br />

they should check in their animations. Writing this down resulted in less „memory stress‟<br />

trying to remember it all while working and being in the flow. Helping with staying in the<br />

flow for when they had to check their animations against a certain goal. Some of the<br />

signs that were found throughout the studio in those days said things like:<br />

“Does the shot „read‟ or not?”<br />

“Don‟t confuse them. Keep it simple.”<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

2<br />

4


“Too much action spoils the acting.”<br />

“Mushy action makes a mushy statement”<br />

“Say something. Be brave.”<br />

“Why would anyone want to look at that?”<br />

“Really now, would anyone other than your mother like it?”<br />

(Thomas, Johnston, 1995, p. 23 & 37)<br />

Note that these signs weren‟t rules for everyone to obey, but were written by animators<br />

themselves to relieve their memory from the need to keep this in their heads for every<br />

second through the day. The workspace of an animator is the drawing board and the<br />

layout of his drawing tools surrounding that and often these notes were on top of their<br />

desk, above a door or in the hallway. Most of the time stuck in places where they looked<br />

at occasionally. Not distracting them from their work constantly, because of the absence<br />

of it in their direct work space. This helped them to see it only once they take time off<br />

from what they are focusing on.<br />

During the creation of Mac „n‟ Cheese we had two pieces of paper on our main wall. One saying: “Does it tell<br />

what we want to tell?”, and the other: “Can it be sicker?” This was to constantly remind us to check if the shot<br />

was progressing the story and if it (especially the physical intense shots) was as intense as possible. This really<br />

seemed to help development.<br />

This separate location of the notations might seem irrelevant or unimportant, but it isn‟t.<br />

As mentioned while discussing creative flow there is a limited amount of information a<br />

human mind can handle simultaneously. Keeping this notations separated from the<br />

constant mind helps relieving the mind and making room for what it should be full focus<br />

on when in the act of animating, the actual animating. This also shows that it‟s important<br />

to not try to digitize everything and try putting all information constantly on screen for<br />

digital artists, because this is an intrusion of their direct workspace and can collide with<br />

their memory span and emotional state. Thus, their flow. Milt Kahl, had already<br />

mentioned this minds limitation a long time ago when he agitatedly answered someone<br />

who asked him how he planned out the counteraction on a character: “That‟s the wrong<br />

way to look at it! Don‟t think of it like that! I just concentrate on giving the performance<br />

– that‟s what‟s important! The play‟s the thing. You‟ll get all tangled up if you think of it<br />

in a technical way.” (Williams, 2001, p. 9) And Richard Williams first word in Lesson one<br />

in Animator‟s Survival Kit is “UNPLUG!” He tells you to take of your head phones, turn off<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

2<br />

5


the radio, switch off the cd, turn off the tape and close the door. (ib., p. 41) He mentions<br />

how he learned it from the genius Milt Kahl and quotes him with a drawing where he<br />

himself asks Milt Kahl if he listens to music while animating. In this picture Milts answer<br />

is: “Of all the s-s-s-stupid god-god-god-damned questions I-I-I-I‟ve ever heard! I-I-I-I-<br />

Never heard such a-a-a-f-f-f-f-stupid question!” Which Richard William explains with a<br />

continuation of this quote: “Iy-iy-iy-iy-I‟m not SMART enough to think of more than one<br />

thing at a time!”, explaining exactly what it comes down to. Creative and good animation<br />

requires focus of the creative mind. “Animation is concentration.” (ib., p. 41-45)<br />

Besides pure focus and intense teamwork traditional animation was done with<br />

drawing tools you can probably come up with, like pencil and eraser, but it‟s worth<br />

mentioning those you might not know. At the same time it‟s interesting to see its<br />

influence and extracted abstract of what it comes down to<br />

for the animator. And this is also a good starting point to<br />

what an animator‟s desk looks like and what he has lying<br />

around.<br />

The traditional animator doesn‟t only animate, but also<br />

logs the images with corresponding image numbers on a so<br />

called X-sheet. The layout is created to contain information<br />

about each frame in the movie where each row in the table<br />

resembles a frame of the animation. The first column<br />

depicts the action of that frame; the next column named<br />

sound (or dial) is for writing down the dialogue or the<br />

breakdown of the music into beats. Then there‟s the frame number, a couple of columns<br />

numbered five through one and one for the background resembling the layers/levels of<br />

the shot (think of characters for example.) Herein the animator writes down what<br />

numbered drawing should be there. A six-frame character run cycle could go 1 through 6<br />

over and over again. Though through time, complexity sneaked in with most animators.<br />

Numbers got prefixes and suffixes like 1-C for “cat” or even worse “Y2B-2½” for “„Yak<br />

Running‟” [sic]. (Williams, 2001, p. 74) (Yes, I got confused too!) As animation is<br />

collaboration – it is teamwork - it is important to work in a structured and clear way.<br />

Writing down that the layer is for the cat is unnecessary; because the camera guy can<br />

see that the layer IS the cat. Ken Harris never missed the importance of simplicity. He<br />

used only numbers and the occasional letter here and there, which actually meant the<br />

same thing every time. Richard William writes about Ken Harris: “Nobody could figure<br />

out how this sick old man could produce so much work – and of such high quality. He<br />

just kept everything as simple as could be.” (Williams, 2001, p. 77) And Richard praises<br />

Kens workflow saying that it is about 50% of why Ken was able to produce such high<br />

quality animations in such short time periods. Controlling such data management by<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

2<br />

6


working clean and keeping your head fresh really helps - according to Richard it helps a<br />

lot. The kind of logging and keeping track of images is different in 3D animation, as<br />

there‟s no real need to track every frame since it‟s in a single file. But it can be very<br />

useful for the animator to keep track of the overall action and its continuity in the<br />

sequence it will end up in. An animator should take full responsibility for the logging of<br />

the 3D scene, which in 3D animation accounts for keeping track of the progress of a shot<br />

and doing so accordingly. Again, in big studios they can provide production assistants<br />

that will log and keep track of progress in production, but within smaller projects and<br />

studios this is most likely not the case. Probably multiple people - among them can be<br />

animators - must log and keep track of status and progress of shots and the full<br />

productions in such cases. A tool or system that would ensure consistency in method and<br />

would provide clean organization and tracking of the production is one thing that could<br />

keep the mind of the animators – those that are required to do a some of this managing<br />

as well – much more focused on the act of animating. In short, any adjustment that<br />

would provide significant positive change in organization, planning and the mindset of the<br />

animator would thus proof to be a worthy asset.<br />

Above: excerpt from The Illusion<br />

of Life. Photo by Dave Spencer.<br />

As drawn characters should align frame-by-frame holes<br />

were made in paper. The paper was then placed on a<br />

special made peg bar fitting in the holes perfectly. This was<br />

often placed upon an animation disc, so the paper could be<br />

easily rotated. As seen on the image to the left. The image<br />

also shows that the holes in the paper could go on either<br />

top or bottom. At first everyone used them on top. It made<br />

sense because on the bottom it would make you have the<br />

peg bar buttons pinching into your arm whilst animating.<br />

Though, later they learned that with the peg bars on the<br />

bottom the animator could roll through about six images<br />

back and forth. With the peg bar on top - with flipping - the<br />

testing could only be played one way, instead of back and<br />

forth. The rolling technique made it possible for animators to see the movement in a<br />

more consistent timing for testing the motion. They learned to live with the buttons on<br />

the bottom for the use of this benefit. Animators that learned working with the peg bar<br />

on the top often had a hard time switching or didn‟t feel the need to switch, and vice<br />

versa. “Why the heck would they want those buttons (of the peg bar) sticking into your<br />

arms while drawing?”, is what many are critiquing about the bottom peg bar and, “How<br />

could you check the motion if you can‟t see the images rolling back and forth?”, is the<br />

other side‟s response. They also didn‟t feel the need to switch because they had already<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

2<br />

7


learned how to flip (or roll). Already knowing how to flip made switching seem useless as<br />

you still needed to learn to roll and again the same was for the other way around, being<br />

able to roll didn‟t mean you‟re already able to flip. Thus trying it out once or twice<br />

wouldn‟t really show you the benefit or affection that would commit you to changing your<br />

work style. Switching therefore felt unnecessary for them. This is an interesting insight<br />

for tool development. Animators are open to new tools, but will not switch if the benefit<br />

isn‟t initially believable. The fact that the animators couldn‟t roll made trying the rolling<br />

technique pretty pointless as it didn‟t provide them with the benefits instantly. They<br />

didn‟t notice the difference, because any benefits would only be noticeable once<br />

mastered the technique. The animator thus only switches tools or techniques if it proofs<br />

to be useful even without thorough knowledge or practice. Or if it provides a new<br />

technique not currently possible and hence will proof useful almost instantly if the<br />

animator was looking for that specific task or thinks it might be useful.<br />

Often in the animation productions character sheets were created, providing sight on<br />

what were strong general expressions for a character (expressing their personality best<br />

and providing a „line‟ in the animation of that character.) This wasn‟t only for portraying<br />

the character‟s personality as a test, but remained as a reference for the characters<br />

general poses and often contained a front and side view of the character to see the<br />

overall posture and form of a character. Often it would also provide the height compared<br />

to other characters and notations for the drawers to keep in mind. This model sheet,<br />

again, was to the side of the animator to look at it once he felt the need to. It should be<br />

close but not distracting, like the notations described earlier. The model sheet was also<br />

very useful while animating, to check if you‟re still on character or are drifting too far<br />

away from its original form and/or size.<br />

Left: Character Sheet for Jerry (Tom & Jerry). Property of MGM Cartoon Department.<br />

Right: Character Sheet for Goofy. Property of Disney.<br />

You might think that such a character sheet would „dumb you down‟ and decrease your<br />

creativity as you‟re trying to mimic/copying the drawings, but this isn‟t exactly true. A<br />

character sheet can often make you remember the stronger poses or even inspire you to<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

2<br />

8


think in the ways of those strong poses. Having these distinct images and notations with<br />

the character remembers you of his personality and can help you in planning out a shot,<br />

and can help the inbetweener (explained later) with a guideline for the character. Again<br />

we see a movement towards relieving memory stress and the creation of strict guidelines<br />

and goals for the character. In 3D animation a model sheet is often delivered to the<br />

modeling department only for model reference and will be modeled accordingly, this<br />

model sheet often only provides details about a generic front and side view of the<br />

character. A library of poses that the animator can constantly refer to as inspirational<br />

work and the reminder of the character‟s personality (seeing him live) is thus often<br />

missing. Though, facial animation is often done one basis of so called blend shapes 5 ,<br />

which are a limited set of facial positions the face can blend towards. As these shapes are<br />

pre-existent there‟s actually a base for the animator to work off for facial poses – which<br />

could be compared to the character sheet. But with the need for more subtle movement<br />

and control the poses nowadays are often broken down into partial expressions, for<br />

example a smile could be extracted towards the adjustments for the mouth, the cheek<br />

and the brows. This has given the animator more control and the overall animation the<br />

possibility for more finesse, but has made a consequent resemblance in personality and<br />

expression throughout the movie – especially with different animators – harder to keep<br />

alike. Now, more than ever, the use of a character sheet or character reference is<br />

becoming more and more important as 3D animation is coming to the point where<br />

deformations are not as much limited as before but become liberated and free to the<br />

animator. This sets a better environment for animation, but an even harder environment<br />

to keep track of and the downside to lose sight on the character on basis of different<br />

sliders and possibilities is becoming more eminent. Thus, a character sheet and/or pose<br />

library can provide a measurable and significant change and I‟ll discuss this more when<br />

discussing the 3D workflow as well as possible concepts for tool development.<br />

So, quite elaborately I‟ve now discussed the work environment setup and tools of the<br />

animator in general. Let‟s discuss some more about what ways there are to animate or<br />

plan out the animation. According to the Animator‟s Survival Kit there are three broadly<br />

accepted (mainstream) approaches:<br />

- Straight forward,<br />

- Pose-to-pose,<br />

5 Blend shape deformers let you deform a surface into the shapes of other surfaces and are often used for<br />

facial deformations. The blendshapes are most often applied in an additive manner where multiple shapes could<br />

be on simultaneously adding one deformation on top of the other. For example, adding two of the same blend<br />

shapes and applying them both would exaggerate the difference in position to twice the amount, doubling the<br />

effect additively.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

2<br />

9


- Mixed (a blend between Pose-to-pose and Straight forward.)<br />

(Williams. 2001, p. 77) (Thomas, Johnston, 1995, p. 57-58)<br />

As each of them has its own advantages and disadvantages I‟ll walk through them first<br />

quickly mentioning for each what it is and how it works, then I‟ll come down to writing<br />

about its (dis-)advantages and after that there will be a summary of how it all comes<br />

down in practice, how they deal with it and what it does with the animators workflow.<br />

Let‟s start with straight forward animation. With straight forward animation you<br />

simply start drawing and see what happens, you would work frame-by-frame in a<br />

chronological order and let the movement and momentum lead the action.<br />

Advantages Disadvantages<br />

A natural flow of fluid, spontaneous action Things start to wander.<br />

It has the vitality of improvisation Time stretches and the shot gets longer<br />

It‟s very „creative‟ – we go with the flow -<br />

taking all of the action as it comes along.<br />

Often the unconscious mind starts to kick<br />

in: like authors saying their character tells<br />

them what‟s going to happen.<br />

and longer.<br />

Characters grow and shrink.<br />

We can tend to miss the point of the shot<br />

and not arrive at the right place at the<br />

right time.<br />

It can produce suprises-„magic‟. The director hates us because he/she can‟t<br />

see what‟s happening<br />

It‟s fun. It‟s lots of work to clean up the mess<br />

afterwards – and it‟s hard to assist.<br />

It‟s expensive – the producer hates us.<br />

It can be hard on the nerves – mad artist<br />

and nervous breakdown time as we<br />

creatively leap in and thrash around in the<br />

void – especially with looming deadlines.<br />

The list on straight forward from Animator‟s Survival Kit. (Thomas, Johnston, 1995)<br />

In the list above the first advantage is right away one of the greatest benefits of straight<br />

forward animation. The animator animates frame-by-frame and just moves the previous<br />

one towards what he thinks is needed in the next keeping in mind the overall velocity of<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

3<br />

0


the motion and action of the character. It builds on top of the last pose and literally<br />

creates fluid and spontaneous action you wouldn‟t have come up with otherwise. No in-<br />

depth preplanning, but just a simple “The character will move from A to B happily” can<br />

be enough and the animator literally has to go with the flow of the motion. Seeing how<br />

the character feels and comes to life is really inspirational for the poses that still have be<br />

drawn and for the moves he‟ll be making, he comes alive. The unconscious mind kicks in<br />

as the character‟s motion tells the animator where it‟ll be going next. This constant<br />

exploration and bonding with the visuals of the character can be comparable with the<br />

bonding as seen with stop motion. Even more, as I was already on the edge of really<br />

believing that it was because of the physical touch, this is somehow convincing me that<br />

the straight forward approach is what makes the bond instead (or at least helps<br />

significantly.) The animator starts to think as if he‟s the character, “What would I be<br />

doing next?”, and, “Where shall I go?” It comes alive as the animator acts it out<br />

chronologically with the pencil. It‟s also a lot simpler on the creative mind than pose-to-<br />

pose. The animator sits down and just thinks: “I‟m here, standing like this,” while I‟m<br />

extremely pissed for example, “and want to get over there.” The animator becomes the<br />

actor by constantly thinking what he‟ll „act out‟ next from where he is now. This<br />

awareness of where the character is now and where he‟s coming from (physically and<br />

mentally) is really important. This is what drives the action.<br />

On the opposite side we have the pose-to-pose method which is more of a planned<br />

out way of approaching things. The animator starts to decide the most important<br />

drawings – the storytelling drawings, the keys – and puts them in. Then he creates the<br />

next most important poses that have to be in the scene, the extremes and any other<br />

important poses. Then he starts working out the transition between the poses, the<br />

breakdown and passing positions. After that it could often easily be send to an assistant<br />

animator with clear charts to cushion and ease in and out the motion with any additional<br />

indications only when required, because the main line and most important poses are<br />

already well laid out.<br />

Advantages Disadvantages<br />

We get clarity. But – and it‟s a big but: we miss the flow.<br />

The point of the scene is nice and clear. The action can be a bit choppy, a bit<br />

unnatural.<br />

It‟s structured, calculated, logical. And if we correct that by adding a lot of<br />

overlapping action to it – it can go easily<br />

the otherway and be rubbery and squishy<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

3<br />

1


We can get nice drawings and clearly<br />

readable positions.<br />

It‟s in order – the right things happen at<br />

the right time and in the right place in the<br />

overall time allotted.<br />

The director loves us.<br />

It‟s easy to assist.<br />

It‟s a quick way to work and frees us up to<br />

do more scenes.<br />

The producers loves us.<br />

We keep sane, our hair isn‟t standing on<br />

end.<br />

We earn more money as we are seen to be<br />

responsible people and clearly not mad<br />

artists. Producers have to deliver on time and<br />

on budget, so brilliance is not rewarded as<br />

much as reliability. I speak from experience<br />

working both sides of the fence. They don‟t pay<br />

us for „magic‟. They pay us for delivery.<br />

– equally unnatural<br />

It can be too literal – a bit cold-blooded.<br />

No surprises<br />

Where‟s the magic?<br />

The list on pose-to-pose from Animator‟s Survival Kit. (Thomas, Johnston, 1995)<br />

With pose to pose everyone in the teams knows pretty soon what the end resulting poses<br />

will be like and the animator himself has a better focus on timing and positioning. This<br />

makes the director happy and the team happy as they‟ll be able to see what you‟ll finally<br />

produce pretty early on. It can also relieve some stress of the animators mind as he<br />

knows what the character will be doing at those key moments. Creating the key elements<br />

and storytelling poses first will make the animator try to tell everything in that one frame<br />

clearly. If he‟s able to do so he has often made a good pose which he can work from,<br />

likely an exaggerated essence. Because these key elements are extremely important for<br />

the story, one might put some more time into them and really focus on what they tell;<br />

taking the form of the character, believability of the pose and attitude into account. Then<br />

in pose to pose the animator starts adding in the next most important poses, and the<br />

next important poses, again and again until he‟s done all frames in-between. Although<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

3<br />

2


this can be a reliable way for „inventing‟ the movement from one place to another; it is<br />

often less creative. Choosing where the character is in-between two key poses can seem<br />

easy at first sight. You would guess it‟s somewhere in the middle. But considering the<br />

mind of the character – he might be rushing up to somewhere increasing in speed, or be<br />

happy and dance all over the place between the poses – finding out where‟s he going<br />

from the previous pose while considering attitude and acting forces this can become<br />

extremely difficult to be done creatively. Because the animator leaves empty places for<br />

drawings between the important poses that would only act as inbetweens 6 an assistant<br />

animator could easily take over the drawings in-between, and this is often done so with<br />

the help of a curve or small chart as guide alongside the drawings. This freed up time for<br />

the lead animator making it possible for him to do more work. In this it‟s noticeable that<br />

the key poses and extremes are considered the ones that „make it live and magical‟ and<br />

the inbetweens are for filling the gaps and playing it through. They are generally just less<br />

important. 3D animation software allows for automatic inbetweens. Add to that the ability<br />

of playing through the quickly posed character easily. This combination often develops<br />

the habit to adjust the inbetweens at the early stages, thereby missing the importance of<br />

first tweaking the storytelling key poses. The importance of finding essence, thinking out<br />

the key poses and developing these to carry the story is often missed – especially with<br />

recently starting animators. I‟ve seen this happening quite often, with others, but also<br />

myself. I noticed that if something wasn‟t coming over right straight away that giving the<br />

inbetweens more smoothness and power it would empower the key poses that were<br />

lacking initial quality. Though, over a long time – including time still even in the<br />

beginning of this research – I‟ve never felt the need to focus more on the key poses<br />

solely. A change in workflow – of which working in „stepped‟ (see chapter 3) keying mode<br />

seems a good start – should, if possible, try and help releasing this habit.<br />

In-between the two previous explained methods – straight forward and pose to pose -<br />

is a combination of the two. We‟ll see in the related table below that it‟s designed to have<br />

the benefits from both of the approaches and – according to Richard Williams – have no<br />

disadvantages at all.<br />

Advantages Disadvantages<br />

Working in this way combines the<br />

structured planning of working from pose-<br />

to-pose with the natural free flow of the<br />

None that I know off…<br />

6 Inbetweens are the drawings between the extremes for going from one extreme to the other. One might write<br />

in-between but the word is often written as inbetweens by animators. In this paper inbetween will refer to<br />

these drawings between two extremes whereas in-between will refer to being in the middle and not necessarily<br />

refer to the drawings at all.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

3<br />

3


straight ahead approach.<br />

It‟s a balance between planning and<br />

spontaneity.<br />

It‟s a balance between cold bloodedness<br />

and passion.<br />

The list on straight forward and pose-to-pose combination from Animator‟s Survival Kit. (Thomas,<br />

Johnston, 1995)<br />

Combining these is really the best of both worlds and is widely used in bigger<br />

productions. The animator generally starts by planning out the action of key elements in<br />

small thumbnail sketches, finding good convincing poses for the character. If these small<br />

sketches can portray the emotions, he works them out as bigger drawings and makes<br />

them the storytelling drawings, the keys, for use in the animation. Then he adds in all<br />

those others that really have to be there, called the extremes. Up to now it resembles<br />

the pose to pose fashion. Then the animator uses these as guides for things, poses and<br />

places he wants to aim for as he starts doing straight forward animation. But he‟ll do one<br />

thing at a time, taking the most important things first and skipping parts that need follow<br />

through like a tail or hat, but even arms or the head might be skipped. There‟ll be<br />

several runs on the different parts of the character and he may have to change and<br />

revise parts of the drawn keys and extremes as he goes along (making them even<br />

better.) But first he focuses only on the important parts. When that‟s done there‟s a<br />

„primary‟ animation that can be tested and run to check timing, storytelling and so forth.<br />

So he‟s checking whether the general concept is there. Now he‟s done a full straight<br />

ahead run on the primary thing and he should do so for every part ending with the hair,<br />

tail or other flapping bits at the end. After the first pass showing the general key<br />

elements of the shot he can already show the director, supervisor and/or team members<br />

exactly what he‟s aiming for and what he‟ll be creating. He‟ll then work intuitively –<br />

straight forward - to create what he‟s planned out while aiming for those strong key<br />

poses on the right place and right time. Since he knows beforehand what the character<br />

will constantly do next there‟s more information already laid out for him. So when he‟s<br />

straight forward animating his mind is relieved from remembering what he was aiming<br />

for or what timing he should aim for. Adding the planning (thumbnail sketches and the<br />

keys from pose to pose) at the start for general testing of the ideas he has in mind is<br />

extremely useful. This is an extremely useful blueprint for animation, comparable to the<br />

line test stop motion animators use as their blueprint for animating. Blending the<br />

methods like this really makes for the best of both sides and can also easily be – and is<br />

sometimes already – adopted by 3D animators.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

3<br />

4


It‟s hard to have a clear distinction between the traditional (analogue) animation<br />

workflow and the digital (paperless) animation workflow as many bigger studios have<br />

switched towards a digital paperless pipeline for most (but not all) parts of the<br />

production. So, because of that I‟ll now be introducing some of the digital productions<br />

and comments on the workflow as an outro for this paragraph and a small intro for the<br />

next. About every traditional animator has switched to the digital environment for one or<br />

more stages in production. Sandro Cluezo, a traditional animation veteran (26 years),<br />

scans his drawings to get them into digital software for pencil tests, inking and painting<br />

(coloring.) His overall workflow stays the same: rough drawing/thumbnails, testing,<br />

cleaning, recording (scanning), ink and paint, etc. If it were fully traditional, ink and paint<br />

would‟ve been done before the recording. Cluezo mentions that he‟s rather traditional,<br />

but as we‟ll see in the next chapter it‟s quite the same as being used nowadays on digital<br />

2D animation as well. But planning and organization stays key in production; with first<br />

the storyboard and character sheets then the layouts and animation start kicking in,<br />

where after the coloring process comes in. When the animator starts animating much is<br />

already set as distinct goal within the storyboard and tests. Often timing is already rather<br />

precise and definitive. This helps the animator with keeping focus as I‟ve already<br />

discussed before.<br />

Through the years Disney also switched to the digital animation world with the<br />

creation of their system called CAPS (Computer Animation Production System, developed<br />

in the late-80s), because of the related benefits the digital workflow has. They started<br />

digitizing their drawings and inking them on the computer as this was easier and cheaper<br />

compared to the traditional way. Later Disney even stopped making 2D animations in<br />

favor of the 3D animation department and sold lots of their 2D equipment already.<br />

Though, with Princess and the Frog (2009) the animators were having trouble with the<br />

digital workflow (with Wacom Cintiqs and Toon Boom Animation‟s Toon Boom Harmony<br />

software) and chose to do it with paper and pencil drawings, like they did in the good ol‟<br />

days. The way the „digital‟ pen of a Wacom cintiq slides is made to mimic the feeling of<br />

drawing on paper, though for some – especially the old and experienced – it just doesn‟t<br />

cut it compared to some good ol‟ pencil and paper they‟ve grown comfortable with. We<br />

can easily see the rustiness of an old comfortably working man who doesn‟t want to<br />

switch „trades‟ and rather goes analogue instead of digital coming in here. Again, he‟s<br />

willing to try, but if the new approach starts taking too much time to feel comfortable<br />

with it‟s hard for anyone to adjust or try believing it will be beneficial at all. Especially<br />

when achieving a certain effects is easier with a more traditional approach there‟s a clear<br />

reason to choose for one over the other.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

3<br />

5


From the following citation we can get more about this reboot of Disney‟s 2D<br />

apartment for their animated feature Princess and the Frog.<br />

Once they received the green light, the directors began looking for animators who<br />

could draw 2D performances. “Because hand-drawn animation was gone, it was<br />

almost like building the studio again,” Clements says. “Some of the 2D artists had<br />

become 3D stars, but many had left. Yet, just about everybody who did draw<br />

wanted to come back. We put together an all-star team of animators.”<br />

In addition to current and former Disney animators, the production crew, which<br />

topped 300 at its peak, included recent graduates from the California Institute of<br />

the Arts. “They had studied hand-drawn animation without knowing if they‟d have<br />

a place to apply their learning, and they blossomed into real talent,” Musker says.<br />

Clements adds, “With this type of animation, you have to work with a mentor to<br />

learn how to do it and get proficient. It‟s a craft and an art that requires a lot of<br />

dedication. But, there‟s an intuitive connection about drawing, from the brain to<br />

the hand to paper, that people miss with computer animation. With just the flip of<br />

a pencil, you can change an expression. That casual interaction is much tougher<br />

with 3D.” (Robertson, Barbara. 2011, http://www.cgw.com/)<br />

In this elaborate paragraph I mentioned many different parts of the workflow.<br />

Summarizing, it all comes down to the following key points for workflow:<br />

- Make it easy. Try focusing on one thing at a time and make everything seem clear<br />

at first eyesight. Amplify those key numbers that are more important (key poses<br />

and extremes for example.)<br />

- Don‟t be ambiguous. Don‟t try doing different things at the same time while you<br />

are in need of focus.<br />

- Planning is very important. You can‟t just wing it.<br />

- Clear guidelines. Having a character sheet and/or working in the pose-to-pose (or<br />

mixed) method gives the ability to constantly continue working with guidelines<br />

and creating guidelines for what to do next. The same accounts for acquiring<br />

reference footage, it can be very beneficial, but should not interfere constantly<br />

with the act of animating, but should rather be a step before the actual animating,<br />

thus the planning. It also helps with the review process with the director or<br />

animation supervisor, as they can see where you‟ll be going. The supervision<br />

combined with a clearer guideline on a regular basis sets a good start for checking<br />

constant progress and knowing whether you‟re coming closer to the goal, again<br />

such direct feedback and a clear goal are very important to work intuitively,<br />

creatively and most importantly in a creative flow.<br />

- No distractions. Focus on what is important – the play‟s the thing – instead of<br />

being distracted by thinking about it in a technical way or a song that‟s playing in<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

3<br />

6


the background. Any distraction at all for that matter should be diminished or<br />

hidden away from the animator‟s senses. Again, remember that animation is<br />

concentration.<br />

- Notations and reminders should be present, but not omnipresent. They should<br />

only be noticed by and reminded to the animator once he‟s taking the full focus<br />

off of the act of animating. This comes forth from no distractions, but builds on<br />

top of it that sometimes more information can help, once there is a special-built<br />

release hatch for it somewhere, obviously releasing it to the animator once he‟s<br />

not in full focus or creative flow.<br />

- Finding essence. It‟s a must for any animator to come to the essence of what he‟s<br />

trying to do and tell to the audience. The „if he‟s sad, make him sadder‟-principle<br />

is a good example for the need of essence. We can only exaggerate what we want<br />

to tell once we really now the essence of what we want to tell. For this it‟s<br />

important to have a division between the thinking, preplanning and the actual act<br />

of animating.<br />

- Layering. For the animators it‟s extremely beneficial to animate the characters in<br />

layered parts. First a sort of bodily mass/skeleton is sketched out for the duration<br />

of the animation. Then (if not drawn already) the animators works on that doing<br />

the arms, legs and head taking into account the follow-through, overlap and<br />

overall forces. After that comes the pass for clothes, drapery parts, tails or long<br />

hair, each one after the other. Focusing on one part at a time.<br />

- Changing to another workflow that has its own obvious downsides can be hard for<br />

animators that are already accustomed and comfortable with their old workflow,<br />

especially if they can‟t see or feel the benefit of the new workflow themselves.<br />

Any toolset created must provide obvious benefits and closely resemble the<br />

already accustomed workflow making switching tools easier. (Keeping both ways<br />

of working as an option without any „reminding how the other works‟-hassle can<br />

be very useful.)<br />

- Experiment. Always try to innovate and think outside the box. Be critical on your<br />

own work, discuss and collaborate with things and progress with the new<br />

knowledge. (For example. If you try something, find something new in it. Make<br />

notes for what you‟ve learned for at least until you can remember it by heart or<br />

even instinct.)<br />

- Animating is teamwork. If you want to get somewhere, want to improve what<br />

you‟re working on and get the best out of the animation and yourself it all comes<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

3<br />

7


down to good planning, discussions and similar goals. Thus teamwork is of high<br />

importance; everyone should be on the same line constantly.<br />

2.3 The 2D digital style. (After effects, flash, TVpaint)<br />

The digital workflow can look much like the more traditional 2D animation field but with<br />

the logically added undo option (CTRL+Z, anyone?) and the option of having an<br />

automated in-between here and there. But, in reality there‟s much more to it. The same<br />

accounts for the style, it can look a lot like traditional animation, but often can (easier)<br />

provide a more slick and clean feel to it or can even look totally different. It should be<br />

noted that there‟s a lot you can do with a computer and 2D animation combination.<br />

There‟s the more traditional approach, cut-out, scripted/programming, particles with<br />

sprites and so forth. I‟ll not explain every type and will not discuss every one of them by<br />

itself, but I‟ll show the basis of digital animation (only of the kind where the animator<br />

actually poses the character himself instead of (fully) scripted or simulated animations)<br />

and its workflow and results. Consider this to be a continuation of the previous described<br />

workflow with its own adaptation and changes as it has many similarities to begin with.<br />

The incredibly effective Wacom<br />

Cintiq 21UX interactive pen display<br />

is helping “paperless” animation<br />

become a reality.<br />

All Cintiq 21UZ images courtesy of<br />

Wacom.<br />

Toonboom mentions that there are several methods for<br />

creating digital animation, but two that remain widely<br />

used are:<br />

- Frame-by-frame paperless animation<br />

- and cut-out paperless animation.<br />

(Toonboom, 2011a, toonboom.com)<br />

Let‟s start and elaborate on the first one.<br />

The workflow of an animator that does frame-by-frame drawing without automatic in-<br />

betweening is very similar to the analogue traditional 2D workflow. Though, he will not<br />

have to „flip through pages‟ to check out his animation, but can quickly play back and<br />

forth his animation test (this also accounts for paperless cut-out versus paper cut-out).<br />

There‟s much cost and time efficiency in this, as there‟s no scanning time and paper<br />

costs involved for a good timing or motion test. (Toonboom, 2011b, toonboom.com)<br />

He‟ll also be able to choose between a pose-to-pose approach as well as straight forward<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

3<br />

8


or the mixed approach as described with traditional animation. Though it‟s made simpler<br />

to just quickly sketch out motion on a layer, put that on 50% opacity and then draw the<br />

characters clean over it as you would only have to „add a layer‟. This added easiness in<br />

testing ideas can really help with defining the strongest poses for the action.<br />

Verne on Vacation (2009) – Cartoon NetworkTurner Entertainment Networks International Limited<br />

The tools digital animators use as replacements for pen and paper are also closely<br />

based on the traditional tools. These are often either a Wacom Intuos paired with a<br />

screen (and computer) or a Wacom Cintiq (attached to a computer.) With the Intuos the<br />

user looks at the screen, but draws with his hand on the Intuos as opposed to the Cintiq<br />

where the user looks at the Cintiq and draws on there too. Though, both have downsides.<br />

With an Intuos you‟ll have to learn and adapt to not looking at where you‟re actually<br />

drawing which, for me, gets better over time but never feels as natural as drawing on<br />

paper. On the other side the Cintiq creates a workflow without this hassle, though as<br />

your hand is over the character while drawing (just like with paper) the constant clear<br />

sight – that Wacom Intuos users learn to love – seems missing. But for the most natural<br />

feeling the Cintiq wins as we‟ve learned by instinct to look where we are drawing.<br />

The natural feel of the pen on the drawing surface of the Cintiq is quite amazing,<br />

and the ability to rotate the entire tablet much like an old school animation disc is<br />

also a huge asset. (Gilland, 2006)<br />

The tools for artists are being designed by standards of the traditional tools and the<br />

Cintiq comes quite far with mimicking drawing on paper. As artists have grown<br />

comfortable – almost instinctively – they are able to adapt to drawing on the Cintiq in<br />

most cases. Junaid Chundrigar, a dutch freelance animator, switched from using a Intuos<br />

to Cintiq about a year ago and says he‟s able to work a lot faster and that the only<br />

downside is that he can‟t just take it anywhere (bigger screen size than a laptop). A<br />

customized toolset in 3D software will not have such a problem. It is just a customization<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

3<br />

9


inside software or the addition on software, and can be done with very small files that<br />

have to be installed or set-up. Often so small it can easily be taken along on a small<br />

webserver, attachment in an e-mail, USB stick or even your phone.<br />

Working digitally in general though didn‟t stop him and others (among them are Niels<br />

Beekes and Tiffany Ford) from using other things on the physical desk space. Junaid<br />

always keeps his character sheets close to check if he‟s still on model and Tiffany<br />

mentioned using post-its almost everywhere for reminders and small comments. Again<br />

we can see that the analogue workspace - the space that the animator will only „connect‟<br />

with once he stops focusing on-screen – is often used for checklists, remembering ideas,<br />

reference for character sheets and small thumbnail sketches of poses. The same<br />

accounts for cut-out animators, the task of planning and notations is just as much<br />

needed for them.<br />

In the digital environment there‟s no more need for the extensive bulk of pages of<br />

drawings and corresponding x-sheets as the sequence of drawings for a shot are bundled<br />

in one file. Some organization is thus already done by the software itself, but file<br />

management and a good pipeline are still very important. A checklist on what to do and<br />

to check when something is completed is still very useful as we‟ll see when discussing<br />

Niels Beekes‟ workflow. Especially if you need to focus on the motion and really live the<br />

character it is important to not be disturbed by anything else.<br />

You suffer quite literally cognitive overload. You‟re overloading your memory and<br />

when that happens you‟re never paying close attention to anything. You‟re never<br />

focusing on one thing for an extended period of time. (Carr, fora.tv)<br />

By creating a good strict planning, like a to-do list or checklist you can reduce the<br />

amount of things you need to remember. This leaves more room in the mind for creative<br />

thoughts and focus on the animating. Niels Beekes, owner of Aniforce – specialized in<br />

flash-style animations, deserves a honorable mention for funniest workflow for staying<br />

motivated to work hard and to achieve the best you can every time. He rewards himself<br />

points for each task he assigns himself and finishes satisfactory. He keeps track of the<br />

amount of points he has, how many he gets a week and his current high-score. Ever<br />

since he‟s introduced it to himself he‟s been trying weekly to reach a new high-score or<br />

to get just those extra points at the end of the week. But besides this geeky game-like<br />

rewarding system he uses to keep himself focused and having fun at the same time he<br />

has been dealing with working as efficiently as possible. He mentioned the data<br />

wrangling involved with a project and he hinted at using a Google Docs Excel sheet, an<br />

online hosted document for maintaining data. For him, going through a project closely<br />

resembles writing a book. Books have chapters, paragraphs, words and letters. You start<br />

by looking what you want to write in general (the subject) and choose the chapters that<br />

fit accordingly. Later on you expand this with subchapters and the paragraphs;<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

4<br />

0


customizing and tweaking the whole book overall while you go along. Divide everything<br />

from preproduction, production and post-production down to their chunks as small as<br />

possible, the essence of the creation. The chunks make it easy to divide the time you<br />

have for the project and choose how much time you need for every part of the<br />

production. His setup is said to work great in team projects, as it‟s easier to specify what<br />

everyone is working on. Besides, for Niels it is rewarding to check parts as finished as he<br />

assigns himself points. What we learn from Niels, as he is owner of a single-man studio<br />

he often focuses on everything in the production, is the importance of creating<br />

manageable small tasks (as chunks) and the need for checking them off when finished.<br />

He stays fully focused on the task at hand, because he knows he is done with previous<br />

chunks and doesn‟t have to worry about the coming chunk because he knows he‟ll have<br />

enough time. This is because he listed and checked it all in the checklist and assigned the<br />

available time accordingly. Besides, the checklist is an extremely goal-oriented approach<br />

and the – kind of geeky though efficient – leveling system makes him raise the bar for<br />

himself every day. This constant challenge for reaching his clearly set goals with the best<br />

possible use of his skills makes it so that he always knows where he‟s going, what he‟ll<br />

have to do and how he‟s going to do it. This system seems to be built for flow. The<br />

criteria are met and the process is there.<br />

The cut-out style (which could also be done analogue and sometimes still is) is not<br />

based of a new drawing every frame. The benefit of this is that characters can carry very<br />

rich graphical treatments like texture, decoration, etching effects and shading. Often the<br />

mood and texture in a cut-out animation is what makes it so magical and is exactly what<br />

fans adore of it. (http://minyos.its.rmit.edu.au/aim/a_notes/01_cutouts_project.html,<br />

June, 2011) In 3D animation textures are created once for each model (before<br />

animating) making detailed textures become part of the character without any added<br />

complexity, time or cost overhead whilst animating.<br />

An example of the richness in texture within cut-out animation. This is done traditionally.<br />

Yuri Norstein – Hedgehog in the fog (1975)<br />

Even more, cut-out animation can even be created in 3D animation software and by<br />

artistic choices doesn‟t necessarily need the richness in texture, an example of this is<br />

South Park (1997, Comedy Central). They tried to mimic original paper crafted animation<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

4<br />

1


and worked on doubles in stepped mode. Furthermore, because they use digital 3D<br />

animation software and the animation is done in a simple 2D fashion it is often easily<br />

transferrable from one episode to the other, increasing speed. (Stough, 2002)<br />

South Park is an animated tv series that is created in 3D animation software.<br />

South Park © Comedy Central.<br />

Animating the cut out way is based on changes of „cut-out‟ pieces of character on a<br />

frame by frame basis in (often) 2 axes, X and Y. The parts are repositioned, rotated to<br />

show movement and replaced with another cut-out piece for significant silhouette<br />

changes. The 2 axes design of movement makes it easier to keep track of arcs and<br />

motion on screen and makes it easier for the animator to work with this. It‟s not to say<br />

it‟s simple, but its simpler design positively affects the mind stress of the animator.<br />

There‟s less going on. Though, things are getting far more complex when trying to<br />

achieve a 3D effect in this 2D space, for example a character running towards the screen.<br />

Especially with the traditional (analogue) cut out making this was rather complex (there‟s<br />

no easy way to resize your piece of paper), although digital paperless cut-out animation<br />

also suffers from a little complexity with this. It comes down to perceiving such depth in<br />

animation through scale. As additional axes and variables are being introduced the<br />

technicalities involved can easily sky-rocket. By design 3D Computer Animation is far<br />

more complex than this and you can probably see where I‟m going with this. Complexity<br />

takes time, thus logically costs money, but also influences the involvement with the<br />

actual art. It involves the animator with technical stuff. You wouldn‟t want to draw with<br />

some high-tech pen built by aliens if you would have to deal with all kinds of forces<br />

acting on the pen or strange buttons you‟d need to press and things to keep in mind<br />

while using it, it would only distract you from what you‟re trying to do. Which is<br />

animating! Again I‟m already summarizing: Keep it simple!<br />

Cut out animation feels less stretchy, bendy and has less of a fluid flesh-like behavior<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

4<br />

2


as the character parts don‟t actually deform frame by frame, but are rotated and<br />

repositioned per part instead. It is actually comparable with the style of stop motion.<br />

Analogue cut out animation could even be considered stop motion as inanimate paper<br />

comes to live by frame-by-frame repositioning in physical space appearing to move on its<br />

own. By mentioning this we can really see the significant difference working digitally can<br />

have on the workflow. The animator can easily change already animated motion, work<br />

pose-to-pose and have easy controls for copying motion. It‟s often because this increase<br />

in speed, decrease in material costs and direct feedback why many studios have switched<br />

to a digital environment through the years.<br />

In this paragraph many similarities with the already discussed workflows were found,<br />

but it gave more insight in some and also provided insight in other. To summarize here‟s<br />

a list of new important information gained:<br />

- 2D thinking is easier than 3D thinking. The extra axis makes for a hard time<br />

planning out stuff on screen or creating the poses. First focus on what character<br />

with what personality is doing what at what moment, then extract the concept of<br />

its motion to key poses in screen space (XY axes) first. Adding the extra axes or<br />

thought on depth later on might create extra overhead, but the beneficial increase<br />

intuitivity at first when working on the 2 axes system, 2D, is worth this extra time<br />

and involvement.<br />

- The time or difficulty involved with a style or choice affects the choice itself. We<br />

see more rich textures in cut out animation, because the complexity and overhead<br />

is much less. Though, even then style choices can overrule (like with South Park)<br />

those things that are simpler in this animation field as opposed to others. We see<br />

that we rather go for things that are simple and quick, so tests and sketches<br />

should come over easy to create besides just being good and strong poses. We<br />

avoid complexity by nature but should create simplicity instead. This allows us<br />

more freely to choose and create whatever resulting style we want.<br />

- Altough extensive data management is less necessary it seems to be just as<br />

important. It is less prominent and thus you might be less pushed towards staying<br />

organized and doing the management it may be even more important to be<br />

remembered to doing it correctly; it should be clean and simple throughout the<br />

whole production.<br />

- Feeling rewarded for tasks helps motivating, raises the bar, but also helps<br />

knowing/feeling that you‟re achieving the task and reaching your goals. A feeling<br />

of rapture can thus be amplified or the state of flow can be held in even better<br />

ways as the animator clearly knows he‟s reaching the goals he set and this<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

4<br />

3


knowing of progress shows off as immediate feedback. Both important for the<br />

state of flow.<br />

- Important reminders are sometimes (not always) still placed and used in the<br />

physical space out of the animator‟s screen space and should still not be<br />

omnipresent. Informational data (like reminders) should not constantly interfere<br />

with the task at hand but only present itself on user-defined moments. The user<br />

should choose to switch instead of being forced to read or remind the data like<br />

I‟ve already discussed in earlier paragraphs.<br />

- Speed, cost, simplicity and clarity of feedback can be important reasons for<br />

switching to a new workflow or adjust the workflow to work better with the<br />

animator‟s and the pipeline‟s needs. A good example is the switch many studios<br />

have made from traditional to the digital environment, which often had a<br />

prominent positive effect on all of these.<br />

2.4 Capturing a life performance. (Motion capture, rotoscoping)<br />

Motion Capture is recording information of an object‟s position and orientation to a<br />

computer-usable form by measuring its position and orientation in physical space. (Dyer,<br />

Martin, Zulauf, 1995) The capturing of a human performance can be done in multiple<br />

ways, with optical, magnetic or other technology depending on the job. (Motek<br />

Entertainment. 2011) Capturing can also be done with inanimate objects like The Monkey<br />

designed by Digital Image Design which was a desktop input device created as a 24” tall<br />

biped armature. Though we will discuss The Monkey shortly it will not be one of the main<br />

focuses of this paragraph. Real-life motion capture, also called the devils‟ rotoscope by<br />

traditional animators, gives the finesse of human movement and the reality of real world<br />

physics. It is often used in computer games, digital doubles and kinesiology 7 because of<br />

this. Motion capture has also been used in a Dutch animated TV series called Café de<br />

Wereld and used in the series called Sprookjesboom created for the Efteling – a Dutch<br />

amusement park. They chose to use Motion Capture because of the speed and quality to<br />

price ratio. The quality of animation is relatively high (life-like) for a relatively low<br />

amount of time investment. Relative to most other types of animation it‟s rather cost-<br />

effective, especially if you already own the hardware needed for recording.<br />

7 Kinesiology, also known as human kinetics is the scientific study of human movement.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

4<br />

4


As with traditional animation and many other arts, mocap 8 [sic] is actually<br />

composed of a number of phases. Dancer Lisa Marie Naugle, an Assistant<br />

Professor at University of California, Irvine, identifies them as follows:<br />

o studio set-up (she typically uses 8 cameras, with up to 24 for multiple<br />

capture)<br />

o calibration of capture area (she uses a cube and wand to prepare cameras<br />

for capturing data)<br />

o capture of movement (which of course includes the actual performance)<br />

o clean-up of data<br />

o post-processing of data (it can appear as two-dimensional or threedimensional<br />

objects)<br />

(Furniss, 1999)<br />

Left: A shot from Sprookjesboom. Right: A shot from Café de Wereld.<br />

The same process is still being used today, but motion capture has improved a lot since it<br />

once started. There‟s often still some noise or missing data and the need for a clean-up<br />

round afterwards. At Motek Entertainment, Holland‟s biggest motion capture studio, they<br />

automated most of the cleanup process reducing even more noise easily making it<br />

possible to produce many clean animated data in short periods of time. Besides that,<br />

they make use of custom scripts to support real-time character control (WYSIWYG<br />

anyone?), facial puppeteering, lip-sync and camera switching scripts to increase the<br />

speed and efficiency of their pipeline.<br />

Hans Walther, director of Café de Wereld and Sprookjesboom, had Motek<br />

Entertainment develop a specialized comment system called ShotTracker for directing the<br />

pipeline. The system is built to streamline the supervision of the artists working on the<br />

production. ShotTracker works around a database containing all episodes, scenes and<br />

shots wherein items are added with a small description, current status data, additional<br />

comments and difficulty of the shot. The user can simply and quickly adjust any of the<br />

mentioned data and has the possibility to assign the task to a certain person or team<br />

specifically. The main purpose of the system is keeping track of the progress and data as<br />

8 Mocap is an abbreviation of Motion Capture.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

4<br />

5


well as keeping order in the overall pipeline. This is made simple by a color coded system<br />

(for each part of the partline and progress) and the possibility to filter and order the<br />

database to your own needs. There are other commercial systems providing such<br />

assistance out there (Shotgun for example), but they chose for a proprietary custom<br />

made one because the others were lacking simplicity. Simplicity increases the speed and<br />

intuitivity of the usage and seems to be of the essence. And this is exactly what they‟ve<br />

reached with this system. Though Shotgun is, of course, also developed to provide speed<br />

and intuitivity but the amount of features in the program made it especially hard to<br />

introduce it towards less technical people at Motek Entertainment. The creation of their<br />

own tool was designed to introduce the simplicity and primarily focus on the functions<br />

that were requested by these people and were needed in the production.<br />

A small screenshot of Motek Entertainments proprietary software ShotTracker for increasing speed and<br />

efficiency with controlling and supervising the production.<br />

The projects directed by Hans Walther are not all projects done by Motek Entertainment.<br />

Jasper Brekelmans, their technical guy, explains how different projects fit differently in<br />

their pipeline. He mentions projects coming in with a full previz 9 and storyboard, where<br />

others just have a basic script. Some projects need real-time previsualization and others<br />

need it sparingly. Some use only the Motionbuilder pipeline and others add in Maya with<br />

simulation and effects. The projects they do at Motek Entertainment can differ from<br />

taking on the full pipeline or delivering just a part of it for a bigger production. This<br />

needs them to be flexible. Jasper says it often consists of separate building blocks, for<br />

9 Previz is short for previsualization and both are jargon in the 3D animation business for „an attempt at<br />

visualizing the scene before the actual production begins.‟<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

4<br />

6


example you could divide the pipeline into previz, mocap, Maya, effects, rendering,<br />

compositing and delivery. Some projects would require more blocks and others could<br />

even use only one or two; it all depends on the clients‟ needs. But all these tasks are<br />

clearly separated and tracked in the ShotTracker and even assigned to different<br />

individuals as well. There‟s much to say for a separate director and a production assistant<br />

that could take care of this type of progress checking, reports and data management. But<br />

even with a director the tool is a useful collaborative environment for team members to<br />

check the overall progress, what they need to do and how to do it. The overall<br />

management overhead is much less. With Mac „n‟ Cheese I often kept little excel sheets<br />

updated with notes for each team partner about what to fix next and it was necessary<br />

and helped, albeit on a low level. A smoother management tool as described would‟ve<br />

really changed the Mac „n‟ Cheese management for the better. This really is a must for<br />

production – especially for the size of productions like Mac „n‟ Cheese - and will therefore<br />

thoroughly be discussed when talking about concepts for improving the efficiency,<br />

intuitivity and the holding of a creative flow.<br />

Above: Excerpt from Mars needs Moms. A motion captured feature film released on March 11, 2011 by Walt<br />

Disney Pictures<br />

It‟s worth mentioning that the resulting motion with motion capture is really distinct from<br />

other animation fields, there‟s a lot of subtle movement and twitches in the movement<br />

which are hard to achieve within the others. Some subtle motions come from faulty<br />

capturing and cleaning up, but most is just because human beings make a lot of subtle<br />

movements. Though, when discussing the Disney development I argued, on basis of<br />

Richard Williams statement, that rotoscoped animation that was supposedly to look<br />

lifelike always felt off. The same is the case with straight Motion Capture.<br />

[…]the Disney guys found the rotoscope stuff to be lacking a lot of the vitality,<br />

energy, and "life" of their regular work. That's actually something that many<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

4<br />

7


companies have also discovered about straight mocap. Same principle, different<br />

medium. (Kelly in Freeman, 2011a, shaunfreeman.com)<br />

Also, Masahiro Mori, a Japanese researcher, introduced the hypotheses for something<br />

that was called the uncanny valley effect. It states that the audience‟s empathy will<br />

increase as an anthropomorphic entity becomes more humanlike but will decrease<br />

significantly when the entity becomes close to human, effectively becoming creepy. This<br />

sharp decline in empathy was strong in pictures, but is magnified three-fold in<br />

movement, thus affecting animation even more.<br />

Adapted from Mashiro Mori and Karl MacDorman. The image depicts the empathy of the audience on basis of<br />

the human likeness of the entity in still and moving images. (Autodesk Whitepaper – The New Art of Virtual<br />

Moviemaking, 2009, autodesk.com, p. 9)<br />

“Neuroscientists have used fMRI scans to observe the human brain‟s response to various<br />

types of computer-animated characters confirming both the effect and its correlation to<br />

increasing anthropomorphism…” (Autodesk Whitepaper – The New Art of Virtual<br />

Moviemaking, 2009, autodesk.com, p. 9) Motion Capture nowadays offers more finesse<br />

where a „floaty‟ result often becomes less of a problem than with original 2D rotoscopy.<br />

Even more, as likeliness is possible to increase even more as technology advances; the<br />

creepy effect could be overcome. The current detail in motion already seems to fill<br />

(most) gaps of believability. But still it has its own distinct style and for now – also<br />

because of the rendering techniques – still isn‟t real. For me, this isn‟t really a problem as<br />

its just one wonderful new medium that delivers amazing aesthetics that has a<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

4<br />

8


ecognizable style on its own, but for others it‟s still the devils‟ rotoscope and has its own<br />

distance from the audience in effect.<br />

With the coming of the Kinect for Xbox 360 we are being introduced to new ways of<br />

gaming, but also consumer priced technology capable of motion capture that is now<br />

already widely used inside consumer‟s houses (for gaming.) This shift from expensive<br />

hardware to a relatively low-cost electronical peripheral for a gaming console makes for<br />

interesting new opportunities. There are many communities that are already „hacking‟ the<br />

hardware for use on a PC to record motion data at home. Even more, Microsoft already<br />

released the SDK for Windows recognizing the Kinect‟s uses for PCs. The coming of<br />

cheaper hardware that can register human movements doesn‟t mean Motion Capture<br />

studios soon will become redundant. As quality of the resulting data from such cheaper<br />

hardware is often inaccurate and can‟t compare to data coming from professional motion<br />

capture equipment and one that has set up a pipeline for it through the years, like Motek<br />

Entertainment. Though, it could be used by animators as three dimensional references<br />

for animation instead of just recording themselves with a webcam. This data could be<br />

imported into the 3D software and can introduce new ways of analyzing and using<br />

references for animators. Using it as quick reference to build from can increase the<br />

animators speed for finding the essence, though he should still be aware not to only<br />

rotoscope on top of the reference, but exaggerate the essence of what should be<br />

progressing the story – as discussed with traditional animation rotoscoped animation will<br />

appear to be off. Or it could simply be used for an animatic as previz of the characters‟<br />

motion and can help with figuring out the timing in a scene. Among one of the technical<br />

advancements with the Kinect is Jasper Brekelmans‟ technique to introduce real-time<br />

streaming into software like Motion Builder and thus it can easily be used to capture this<br />

data to 3D software already. (Brekelmans, Jasper. 2011) Overall, the development is<br />

rather new but can help animators gain more insight into human motion, timing and<br />

introduce new workflows in an overall production with benefits in the area of previz and<br />

reference footage as we‟ll see next in the discussion of the mid-range priced Xsens<br />

system.<br />

As said, for the better results a rather high price ticket still is to be paid for hardware.<br />

Another downside of the optical system (which is most often used) is its mobility. The<br />

setup needs many pricy cameras (around 12 for good results) and good lighting<br />

conditions (no interference). A new innovation from Dutch grounds which solves most of<br />

this is the development by Xsens towards – what they call – a wireless inertial motion<br />

capture system. (http://xsens.com, June, 2011) Instead of optical sensors it works on<br />

MEMS inertial sensors, which are often used in the airbags of the cars nowadays. Since<br />

MEMS are in mass-production, thanks to the use in airbags, price has gone down and the<br />

system is becoming relatively affordable. (Bartelson, 2009) Xsens customers include ILM,<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

4<br />

9


Sony, Blizzard, NASA and many more big parties. (http://xsens.com, June, 2011) The<br />

overall system is relatively clean, has no issues with occlusion (from cameras), extremely<br />

mobile, low cost and quickly to use. This has made it extremely useful for testing and<br />

visualizing concepts of a director or drawn storyboard.<br />

“Through the Virtual Moviemaking process we are able to optimize the entire film,<br />

to make it more creative, and to insure that more of the budget ends up on<br />

screen. That‟s where all the technology – all the hardware and software – comes<br />

into play: to make sure that the vision of the director is preserved throughout the<br />

entire process.” (Chris Edwards, CEO The Third Floor – Previs Studio)<br />

At The Third Floor, a studio specialized in providing previsualizations, their pipeline is<br />

becoming extremely fast and intuitive with the use of this system.<br />

“Using the latest 3D software, gaming and motion capture technology, they can<br />

explore, define, plan and communicate their creative ideas in new, more intuitive,<br />

visual ways helping them reduce risk, eliminate confusion and address production<br />

unknowns much earlier in the filmmaking process.” (Autodesk Whitepaper – The<br />

New Art of Virtual Moviemaking, 2009, autodesk.com, p. 1)<br />

Having such a quick way to test out a shot can provide an significant change in the stage<br />

of preplanning. Different acting choices can quickly be acted out by the animator and can<br />

even be observed instantly on top of the character. This results in a quick and simple,<br />

but very effective way of testing out ideas. As the technology is relatively cheap it‟s still<br />

too expensive for a student production like Mac „n‟ Cheese, though it would‟ve helped<br />

especially at the stage of storyboarding for previewing the story and testing out camera<br />

positions or actions for cinematographic purposes as well. But on the other side, I feel<br />

that the way Mac „n‟ Cheese was produced and progressed at that stage helped with the<br />

overall style of cinematography, chosen animation style and constantly educated us<br />

towards better cinematographic insight in its own way.<br />

In the past there‟s also been development towards using motion capture as a system<br />

to create animation instead of „recording motion as animation‟. As said, Digital Image<br />

Design tried to mimic the stop motion type of control allowing the touch of a physical<br />

object to control a character. They did this with the development of The Monkey, an<br />

inanimate physical „puppet‟ that could be used to control the virtual character in 3D<br />

software which would be a familiar interface for stop-motion animators. (Bradford Paley,<br />

W.; Esposito, Chris; Ong, JueyChong. 1995) Though, they never got quite that same<br />

touch as touching the actual real puppet just because this WYSIWYG feeling (of stop<br />

motion) was lacking in the virtual scene. Also there‟s the difference of working<br />

somewhere and seeing the actual results elsewhere (like the difference between Wacom<br />

Intuos and Wacom Cintiq described earlier.) I already described that these effects make<br />

for a less intuitive and efficient workflow as we‟re feeling less comfortable with it by<br />

instinct. Besides, quality, durability and maintenance issues were at that stage a big<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

5<br />

0


issue. “While early production models have had quality, durability, and maintenance<br />

issues associated with them, these issues continue to be addressed in production<br />

models.” (Dyer, Martin, Zulauf, 1995) And it seems that the production issues never<br />

were really fixed and never got The Monkey to hit the big market as it‟s – as far as I<br />

know – not for sale anywhere anymore. Though priced at $10.000 US back in 1995 it<br />

was at that date the most affordable input device for motion capture although it is<br />

incapable of capturing actual human motion as opposed to the others that were.<br />

As motion capture is becoming cheaper and is gaining quality and speed in a high<br />

rate interfaces for any computer software might change in the near future allowing the<br />

full body to control software on a computer, this could also introduce a new way of using<br />

3D animation software. A couple of things that could easily pop up into the mind is the<br />

ability to puppeteer the character (like a real puppeteer does) or grabbing a part of the<br />

character and moving it as if you‟re moving around a life-size puppet. Though as such<br />

technology is still in rather early development it can take even more time before we start<br />

using this comfortably and let it adjust the way we work, if we let it at all.<br />

Overall Motion Capture seems to be a quick way to capture lifelike performances and<br />

actually comes to down to acting as there‟s not really an animator, but a man in a suit<br />

really acting out the movements.<br />

In synthetic animation, the animation end-user controls the path and attributes of<br />

scene elements explicitly (usually through keyframes or motion paths) or by<br />

numerical simulation techniques. Motion capture-based animation uses recorded<br />

motion to augment the synthetic animation process by providing baseline<br />

information for object paths, event timing, or attribute control.<br />

(Dyer, Martin, Zulauf, 1995)<br />

Though as mentioned there‟s a round of clean-up and fixes afterwards possibly to be<br />

done by an animator. Motion capture is not meant for those noise and faults in capturing,<br />

but really focused on capturing the full life-like performance. As technology will progress<br />

the cleanup round will be of much less importance and the overall finesse will become of<br />

higher quality, thus can possibly start differing from synthetic animation even more.<br />

Once again the elaborate discussion, now of the Motion Capture pipeline and its ins<br />

and outs, has given broad pipeline guidance and workflow information from many<br />

productions and summarized comes down to the following points:<br />

- The faster the preview of a close to final result can be achieved the more intuitive<br />

and involved the director feels. As the director‟s position as described in this<br />

chapter was mainly supervision we can state that supervising animation is easier,<br />

intuitive and more creative when speed in testing out and previewing is increased.<br />

As the animator is supervisor of a character an increased speed in involvement<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

5<br />

1


and interaction with the character will introduce the effect of increased and more<br />

stable creativity and intuitivity.<br />

- The management and data wrangling overhead in small production is often<br />

assigned to members of the team that might be involved with many other tasks<br />

and could easily be the animator as well as many other things. Having a good,<br />

easy to use and fast system that provides assistance and even improves<br />

supervision on any or all progression of the movie production can release much<br />

stress from the animators mind creating more focus and save time. Even more,<br />

the system can easily provide easier and better supervision for all of the<br />

production‟s team members and their tasks at hand. For animators, this accounts<br />

for better supervision for the shots they work on and results in a much clearer<br />

goal and vision for the current shot they are working on.<br />

- Simplicity is key. Adding features that might be used once in the million times<br />

should be checked on effectiveness and question whether it‟s really useful once<br />

it‟s only used in those rare occasions. Adding-features-mania 10 is one of the top<br />

things that should be avoided and all features in the concepts should be created<br />

with simplicity in mind. Therefore, tools should always be introduced and designed<br />

in such a way that the user should know what to do and where to do it.<br />

- The coming of technology that introduced easier and more importantly cheaper<br />

creation of quick 3D data as reference or previsualization showed us that the<br />

speed and ease of testing increased the creativity and intuitivity of finding ideas.<br />

This showed the importance of quick tests and previews (for trying ideas) as it<br />

aided in finding more and better ideas in these productions. Depending on the<br />

style of the movie it is debatable whether 3D tests or 2D tests are more<br />

productively interesting. Nevertheless speed increase in general and testing<br />

closely within the production environment (software) are key points towards this<br />

speed and ease of testing.<br />

2.5 Concluding the productivity workflow.<br />

Through this chapter I‟ve extracted important aspects of an animation workflow from<br />

many different fields of animation. I‟ll now list and discuss the most important once that<br />

were found and discussed throughout.<br />

10 Adding-features-mania is the trend in software development that newly added features are hyped and<br />

introduced just so they have new features to present and sell the newer version of the product even though the<br />

functions are useless or rarely used. In effect the software gets cluttered with controls, inefficient in speed and<br />

extremely difficult to use.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

5<br />

2


There‟s a need for a strict goal as discussed when talking about flow. Animators<br />

achieve this with strict planning and good reference. In the process the first step is a<br />

storyboard or line test to work as clear guide for the animators. The next step is to be<br />

inspired and guided by this when sketching ideas and trying out ideas in a fast method.<br />

This is especially important for finding the essence of the character, which was<br />

mentioned to be very important as well. In short, there‟s a need for quick testing and<br />

sketching wherein the basis should be acquired of the emotion and storytelling, namely<br />

the essence. A simple and fast testing environment seems to be needed.<br />

Another important aspect is reminders and notations. We‟ve learned that animation is<br />

a world of daily improvements. We learn something almost every day. It‟s hard to<br />

constantly remember everything we‟ve learned recently and apply to our workflow the<br />

whole time. We‟ll get distracted by technicalities or „how should I do that‟ instead of<br />

focusing on flow and movement. Therefore distractions should be limited as much as<br />

possible and a seperated space for notations and such reminders is very important. A<br />

space where animators could share such notations (as if it would hang somewhere in the<br />

room for everyone to see, but especially focused towards a single animator) and focus<br />

accordingly could be provided digitally. Such digital notations would work especially well<br />

with projects where all team members can‟t work together at the same place, because of<br />

living in different countries for example. The internet makes it easy to share reminders<br />

and lists comfortably as well as a system for reviewing animation with the team could<br />

work extraordinary well too. Though, keep in mind that it should not pop up in front of<br />

the animator and constantly disturb him from his flow of animating. But more get<br />

presented to him at the occasions he would ask or look for it possibly, so when he<br />

chooses to do so.<br />

This kind of „team sharing‟ that I‟ve briefly touched here is really part of the greater<br />

phenomena that animation is teamwork. Brainstorm sessions, animation reviewing<br />

sessions, sharing inspirational ideas or comments are often part of production. And that<br />

is for a reason. Especially in smaller studios where there might be one or two animators<br />

it can be helpful to blur the division between them and the others (modelers for example)<br />

by creating a reviewing system for the whole team, or especially the director, to easily<br />

approve or disapprove any animation with the guidance of notes and comments. Even<br />

more, guidance towards animators with clear notes or approval from the team members<br />

makes it simpler to all be on the same line as you‟ll know what everyone wants. The<br />

goals become much clearer, the bar gets raised in quality (because of constant feedback)<br />

and by knowing where to go the feedback is more appropriate and immediate. Even<br />

more, being in line with each other leaves less room for being ambiguous. Regular and<br />

clear feedback that is written down can be easily referred to and discussed in that same<br />

regularity making sure that everyone knows what is meant with the statements. The<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

5<br />

3


same accounts for planning the shot. If we start planning with simply key poses (instead<br />

of working straight forward) the director, supervisor and/or other team members will<br />

know what you‟ll be creating early on, before you‟ve invested too much time on it. This<br />

makes it easier „to kill your darlings‟ and improve the animation towards a higher level.<br />

Animation is collaboration.<br />

The focus we‟re able to creatively use seems very limited; therefore animators often<br />

work in a layered system. They focus only on the most important parts first and think<br />

about arms, hands and all the other parts after that. This process of separating the<br />

character in parts and focusing on one of them at a time gives us the ability to really<br />

track the arcs of that movement and apply to it the momentum and physics with<br />

perceivable realism. In 3D it‟s sometimes hard to focus on a part as cluttered controls<br />

can make you lose sight on just a part. Quickly hiding any irrelevant parts of the body<br />

could help focusing on just a single part of the character. Complexity makes it hard.<br />

Again this looks like something that would work especially well when working straight<br />

forward. We‟ve also seen how pose-to-pose and straight forward differ in the creation<br />

process, but also in final delivery.<br />

When discussing straight forward, pose to pose and the combination of these two we<br />

found that by combining the strongest points of both we could work in the best<br />

productive way possible. First we need the essence, the idea and concept for the shot.<br />

The animator does this with key poses and the most important extremes. The next step<br />

is to do a straight forward pass, frame-by-frame thinking what will come next in effect of<br />

motion, physics and character‟s choices. It seems to be a very intuitive and creative way<br />

to „live‟ the character. It feels most „direct‟ to the character and comes close to the<br />

feeling of bonding with the character as described with stop motion and its puppets. It‟s<br />

important to think about tools and concepts that could initiate working this way easier in<br />

3D software and can provide such consistency in the workflow. Animating in 3D software<br />

makes it easy to work with the automatic in-betweens where the next pose will<br />

automatically „be like the previous.‟ This makes it hard to just let go of the previous<br />

moment and think about what pose would be strongest on a certain point, because<br />

you‟re thinking about how to get there, if that‟s realistic and possible while keeping in<br />

mind physics, personality and emotion. If you do keep all those things in mind it can<br />

influence any creative thinking and also the ability of creating that pose that tells the<br />

story best and exaggerates the essence clearly. Again, it is really important to plan<br />

creatively first and start thinking about how to get there later. Thus, first limit yourself to<br />

what to tell and how you‟ll tell it and then start thinking about how you do this from the<br />

one time, place and pose to the other. Even more, coming to the point where you know<br />

what you‟re up to and what has to be done can end up in simplicity; sounds like a to-do<br />

list or check-list.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

5<br />

4


Simplicity is what animators seem to need or where they focus on at the beginning.<br />

Staying simple is among one of their initial goals. If you start with an unorganized hard-<br />

to-use system at the beginning it will be even worse at the end. Starting simple and<br />

organized is one of the main principles for having focus – for example the explained<br />

layering also brings simplicity. We‟ve seen this with the x-sheet. Logging or managing<br />

shots in not the easiest way possible easily ends up in extreme difficulty working with the<br />

data. Especially with computers removing the hassle it can become simpler and<br />

automated, but it‟s also easier to get forgotten. A system that saves to the right place,<br />

with right names and exports accordingly to the pipeline without any folder clicking (or<br />

even searching) and file renaming from the animator can speed up and simplify the file<br />

management system. Even more, it removes the possibility for human error. This could,<br />

for an extensive pipeline, introduce an extensive speed-up and increase in consistency.<br />

It‟ll release lot of the management overhead on big projects (with a bad pipeline) where<br />

the right file always seems to swim in a big pool of unclear files (often even with lots of<br />

different file formats) making the needed file hardly traceable or even untraceable. On<br />

the other end it should be noted that such a system would work on a defined basis of the<br />

pipeline. As many studios have their own pipeline it‟s hard to make a universal system,<br />

but there might be a process in this management that could easily work universally. We‟ll<br />

keep that for later. Again, simplicity is an important starting point.<br />

We‟ve also seen that with animators taking on things part by part and getting to the<br />

essence first really helps the quality of the animation and the efficiency of an animator in<br />

the end. The simpler it is, the easier to wrap your head around it. It sounds logical, but<br />

let me explain a little bit more. As said, 2 axes are simpler to manage than 3 axes and<br />

we can come to the conclusion that testing and getting to the essence is just easier in<br />

general if you work by sketching or tweaking in 2D fashion. Therefore sketching and<br />

more traditional approaches (which seem to exceed in its simplicity) should be applied to<br />

the 3D animation workflow where possible. We‟ll see in the next chapter that 3D<br />

animators often sketch ideas and create thumbnails still on paper because of this<br />

simplicity. Tools or techniques that improve simplicity are what seems to be needed by<br />

most animators. Therefore one of the main core rules is keep it simple, accounting for<br />

both the usage of the tool as well as the resulting techniques and workflow of the tools.<br />

The getting inspiration, finding ideas and sketching out for testing should all be based<br />

on reference. Often animators have a character sheet aside, which are often missing for<br />

3D animators but should be present to aid the creative flow. They lead to inspiration, but<br />

especially guide towards ideas and poses relevant to the character and his personality.<br />

Furthermore, when dealing with multiple animators, a character sheet can provide<br />

consistency between the ideas and even animations of different animators. Also any<br />

barrier between finding, sharing or creating any reference material (including sketches)<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

5<br />

5


should if possible be removed, and preferably become smooth, joyful and comfortable to<br />

produce. Animators should first get lots of ideas, plan out and constantly improve<br />

towards better poses and action before starting the complex animation process. Having<br />

constant inspiration and motivation gives guidance to the act and thus creates a sense of<br />

control and a way to work towards a predefined goal.<br />

Animators do switch to new tools or workflow, but not every single adjustment that<br />

comes to their field is used. There seems to be a couple of rules to get people to switch<br />

or shift towards trying new tools and actually have animators to start using them in<br />

production. Of course, the usage of a new workflow, pipeline or tool should be beneficial;<br />

preferably it should even seem to be so at first eye-sight. And/or it should provide new<br />

possibilities and techniques that wouldn‟t have been possible without. If something new<br />

becomes possible with it that you need in production you‟ll have to use it anyway,<br />

because it can only be done this way. Nevertheless the animator should quickly feel<br />

comfortable (like Wacom Cintiq vs. Wacom Intuos.) Again, preferably it should be<br />

instinctively more comfortable, because as with paper versus the Wacom Intuos the old<br />

and rusty can have a hard time switching and will (if possible) choose to not switch at all.<br />

If it simplifies tedious daily tasks or helps being consequent the animators already start<br />

getting interested.<br />

As you can see there‟s already a lot of useful information in the discussed animation<br />

fields. The usefulness of ideas and the similarities and differences between these key<br />

points and those that will be found throughout the next chapter will be distilled into<br />

useful guidelines for our tool development later in this thesis.<br />

2.6 Concluding the style difference.<br />

Within stop-motion, 2D traditional animation, 2D digital animation and motion capture<br />

I‟ve mentioned and explained the pretty different styles of animation it results in. There<br />

are a couple of differences we can find in the style. The following list portrays the<br />

contrasts that have been found.<br />

Versus<br />

Choppy Motion Clean and Smooth Curves<br />

Intuitive „magic‟ Literal planning<br />

Rotoscopy/Performance capture Exaggerated essence<br />

Rich textures Simple shading<br />

Graphical Sketchy<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

5<br />

6


Simple thinking Complex effects<br />

Full redraw Frame-by-frame part positioning<br />

Stop motion is acclaimed for its non-smooth motion and clearly falls in the choppy<br />

motion part. But, stop motion can be clean and smooth, like with Coraline (2009).<br />

Though, most often you‟ll find stop motion to have a somewhat choppy motion. This is<br />

because the animator can‟t smooth out or clean up the animation afterwards and<br />

everything is animated in one straight ahead run. The same accounts for traditional cut-<br />

out. For 2D animation, traditional as well as digital, creating clean and smooth curves is<br />

often easier as the animator can tweak parts of the animation whenever he wants. Even<br />

if the basic run is done in straight ahead, the clean-up and touch-up afterwards can<br />

smooth out the overall motion. This extra pass then cleans up any hiccups or unwanted<br />

choppiness in the animation, whereas stop motion doesn‟t allow for that. This is also very<br />

well possible within the 3D animation workflow, as the data can easily be adjusted<br />

anytime. There‟s also motion capture, which takes a real-life performance as input data<br />

and outputs that as data on a virtual character. Often this has a little bit of both sides; it<br />

offers great texture/finesse in the animation from human motion creating choppy motion<br />

combined with clean and smooth curves. This added detail can be a benefit, but a<br />

letdown as well like we‟ve seen with the uncanny valley effect. Often the flow of 3D<br />

Animators leads towards the smoother - starters often end up with fluid feeling animation<br />

- motion, because of the inbetweening of the computer. I‟ve also seen this happening<br />

with bad digital cut-out animation as well, but its watery motion is generally accepted as<br />

a bad thing. We, the audience, prefer exciting motion which we perceive in the<br />

combination of hard and fast curves opposing with smooth curves. Avoiding this is best<br />

done by not allowing the computer to control too much of your animation, thus needing<br />

you to plan out the animation before allowing the computer that control.<br />

With animating there‟s a style difference coming from pose-to-pose and straight<br />

ahead. Working straight ahead can make the animator go along with the action and<br />

movement as he draws and go to places and poses the animator might not at first had<br />

intended to go for, it‟s magic. Though, good planning is needed for good timing with<br />

voice acting and clear storytelling as straight ahead can stretch to a way longer time than<br />

you originally intended to. But still, straight ahead gives good follow-through and motion<br />

in mass as you constantly think how everything will react on touches and emotions while<br />

keeping its current velocity in mind, it really gives a feel for action. Whereas planning<br />

often leads to great poses and predictable timing, but can lack the „magic‟ for as well the<br />

animator as the audience. Often a combination of the two is used, giving the best of both<br />

sides.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

5<br />

7


The style differences between rich textures and simple shading mainly occur because<br />

of differences in difficulty of each in a medium. For example the difference in texture<br />

between most cut out and frame-by-frame animations. The difference in time, complexity<br />

and costs of adding details in texture is what seems to make the difference. It‟s possible<br />

to add extreme detail and texture in the characters shading but if every frame the<br />

texture has to be drawn again corresponding with the characters position is extremely<br />

complex and would require an extensive focus on detail after detail to be able to pull it<br />

off. Such an extremely tedious task would be utterly useless to try on longer – feature-<br />

length for example – films. Within 3D animation the detail are in actual textures that<br />

don‟t need to be redrawn each frame and thus can easily be applied. Thus it can provide<br />

rather detailed environments and characters with little effort from the actual animators.<br />

Frame-by-frame 2D animation can create depth in its animation, but the overall<br />

motion can still be drawn in a simple 2D method and the perception of depth is done by<br />

drawing such depth. The complex side with cut-out animation that creates such a depth<br />

is the extra added axes, instead of drawing believable depth with a 2D image the depth<br />

comes from added technical stuff that renders the perceivable depth. Often such added<br />

complexity is being avoided and therefore cut-out is more often animated in a 2D fashion<br />

to keep it simple. Animators will often go for the simplest solution, which is not<br />

necessarily their own choice. Often a director or producer will go for the cheaper option,<br />

thus easier option. In 3D animation you‟re bound to the complexity of all these axes<br />

almost all the time, unless you go for a 2D style wherein you could limit the depth and<br />

some rotation axes. An example of such a style where this is seen is South Park (1997,<br />

Comedy Central).<br />

Another difference in style is between animation that is fully redrawn frame-by-frame<br />

and those where parts of the character (cut out) are repositioned frame by frame. Often<br />

fully redrawn animation has no limit and total freedom and the possibility to go beyond<br />

extremes whereas the other has limited deformation and motion – though Claymation<br />

could provide rather cheap extreme deformations as well. Within 3D computer animation<br />

a character‟s motion is often limited by the rig, just as with stop motion armatures.<br />

Though the coming of more complex rigs give more artistic freedom and allow for<br />

squash, stretch and even rather extreme deformations. Also additional digital deformers<br />

can add additional deformation. Still real „free‟ deformation in 3D is significantly more<br />

complex than the traditional 2D drawings that don‟t suffer from added technicalities and<br />

data. You could consider 3D animation therefore more as a part positioning system<br />

instead of a full redraw style.<br />

The difficulty and complexity in techniques seem to result in stray of the animators‟<br />

focus and interferes with his flow. Complexity in an animator‟s task makes it hard for him<br />

to stay constantly intuitive, creative and motivated in the act of animating. Though,<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

5<br />

8


creating a thorough plan that doesn‟t portray this complexity can create good reference<br />

for the final animation. Clear guidelines can relieve stress from the described complexity.<br />

With a good focus and flow on just the essentials, instead of complex and high amounts<br />

of information to process, the animator can actually work towards art and the creation of<br />

high quality animation. This is the case for the described animation fields, but 3D as well.<br />

Once the animator can focus on the motion, the life of the character and the essence of<br />

the storytelling he‟s able to animate an actual „living‟ character instead of a character<br />

that feels just „animated.‟ An „animated‟ character could portray motion or even depict an<br />

emotion too, but a living character makes the audience believe the character is thinking<br />

and acting accordingly. We can bond with a living character and a character that is<br />

perceived in such a way can create strong empathy with the audience and is perceived as<br />

good animation.<br />

2. The difference in Animation fields<br />

5<br />

9


3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

There are many different ways to design and produce a sequence of threedimensional<br />

computer animation or a visual effects shot. There are as many<br />

production methods as there are different types of projects with different resource<br />

allocations and different creative goals. (Kerlow, 2004)<br />

This high amount of different ways to design and produce a sequence of animation<br />

seemed to be true in other animation fields that have had many more years to develop<br />

than the field of animation. Almost everyone‟s overall workflow differs. Besides<br />

differences in tools, there is the different work environment, desk layout and creative<br />

goals. Though, it is not truer for those fields than it is for 3D Animation. Besides the<br />

„build-up‟ of a team and its workflow there are many differences in software (3D software<br />

as well as operating system), hardware (Mouse, Wacom or other peripherals) and<br />

available plugins to the software already available to give extra functionality. To sum it<br />

up, there‟s just a lot of ways to do it. But, and this is quite big but after saying all this, if<br />

you look at it all in big lines you can see what‟s important for almost any animator. And<br />

they all do keep to their own different schemes, but the basic needs stay the same. For<br />

example, I‟ve already discussed that it‟s very important for an animator to have focus<br />

and simplicity, and many create this by working in a layered structure (animating part<br />

after part.) The following paragraphs in this chapter will again start discuss the workflow<br />

of animators - now for 3D animation, divided up in students and professionals - and<br />

discuss these based on my personal ideas in combination with my findings thus far. We‟ll<br />

create the foundation for a blueprint or set of rules that will guide the creation of ideas<br />

and toolsets delivering improvement in the workflow and flow. First I‟ll show some insight<br />

into how 3D software has developed through the years as an introduction as well as a<br />

backbone for knowing how it might progress in the near future.<br />

3.1 The development of 3D software<br />

Through the years the 3D animation workflow has changed a lot to get to its current<br />

form. At first Graphical User Interfaces (GUIs) were rare and the actual modeling was<br />

done by programming the position of each vertex. The only animation possible was just<br />

placing more programmed models after each other. This took a lot of time and was<br />

logically not even nearly as effective as it is now, where we can interactively see an un-<br />

rendered 11 preview of the character and see the results of alterations we make real-time.<br />

11 Technically speaking the preview is a render. Though, the rendered state I‟m referring to is one that at least<br />

closely resembles the final outcome rendered state from the 3D rendering software.<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

6<br />

0


Because using the early computer systems to create animations and images was<br />

not easy, many of these early creators had to put more effort into the process of<br />

creating the works than into the form and content of the works themselves.<br />

(Kerlow, 2004)<br />

This difficulty of making 3D Animations made it hard for traditional animators - which by<br />

that time already started to be well educated in the principals of animation - to switch<br />

fields and start creating 3D animations. Therefore, the development of the principles of<br />

animation in this field started to get attention much later when the way of working in the<br />

software actually was becoming more intuitive and interactive. When John Lasseter<br />

became involved with 3D animation in those evolving days he wrote a paper wherein he<br />

said:<br />

Early Research in Computer Animation developed 2D animation techniques based<br />

on traditional animation. Techniques such as storyboarding, keyframe animation,<br />

inbetweening, scan/paint, and multiplane backgrounds attempted to apply the cel<br />

animation process to the computer. As 3D computer animation research matured,<br />

more resources were devoted to image rendering than to animation. Because 3D<br />

computer animation uses 3D models instead of 2D drawings, fewer techniques<br />

from traditional animation were applied. Early 3D animation systems were script<br />

based, followed by a few spline-interpolated keyframe systems. But these systems<br />

were developed by companies for internal use, and so very few traditionally<br />

trained animators found their way into 3D computer animation. The last two years<br />

have seen the appearance of reliable, user friendly, keyframe animation systems<br />

from such companies as Wavefront Technologies Inc., Alias Research Inc., Abel<br />

Image Research (RIP), Vertigo Systems Inc., Symbolics Inc., and others. These<br />

systems will enable people to produce more high quality computer animation.<br />

Unfortunately, these systems will also enable people to produce more bad<br />

computer animation. (Lasseter, 1987)<br />

The speed and intuitivity had increased with its development, but still people had a hard<br />

time to use the principles of animation – that were already well developed by Disney and<br />

others. John‟s paper focuses on these principles, but not necessarily on „how‟ to do this in<br />

3D animation instead he argues that it should be done. He does shortly introduce how<br />

they approached this within Luxo Jr. (1986) – among more - but he concludes that the<br />

animator should always at first hand have the goal to entertain. For that, he needs two<br />

things: a clear concept of what will entertain the audience; and the actual tools and skills<br />

to produce this. This is where Lasseter mentions that these principles are in fact part of<br />

the animator‟s tools that are here to help creating better animation. There can be gained<br />

much structure and quality from learning the principles of animation by heart. But this is<br />

not necessarily the kind of toolset I‟ll develop, though any developed tool should always<br />

help the animator to give him more elegantly the ability to produce what he needs<br />

unambiguously. As stated by Lasseter, computer animation software has been developing<br />

towards spline-interpolated keyframe systems and that‟s where we are now. This is<br />

currently the established way on how 3D software works while animating. For now this is<br />

a given fact, and I feel that this is not where freedom is missing. Spline-interpolated<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

6<br />

1


keyframes may be hard to oversee on many keyframes, but it‟s generally accepted and<br />

as I and others have been taught this way it‟s just the way we work and how it works<br />

behind the scenes. Nevertheless, I will discuss the graph editor, timeline or any other<br />

part that involves these parts if I think it could - if it can it should - still be improved<br />

towards more intuitivity.<br />

There‟s a tendency in the latest years to give more control to the animator, almost<br />

giving him the possibility to tweak every vertex to his own will. Nevertheless the control<br />

interface is still based on the types of rigs that work extremely well with less complicated<br />

schemes for deforming and adjusting a character. In productions they are constantly<br />

looking for the best tech savvy riggers that can put in the most complex functions into a<br />

rig, constantly adding more and more controls on top of the character. The creating of a<br />

rig is becoming more and more complex as new controls, techniques and ideas keep<br />

being added to the rig, but also the animator has to face this increased amount of control<br />

and complexity in the management. More levels of control, more complexity, and the<br />

amount of controllers and attributes an animator has to deal with have been skyrocketing<br />

in the past 4-5 years. Even in bigger studios they often end up with complex rigs 12 , with<br />

the same elaborate control scheme and managing for the animators. (Animation Mentor<br />

on Youtube, 2011) The same starts to account for the student projects that are creating<br />

these higher-complexity rigs which are becoming standard in this field. Managing and<br />

controlling a character should get introduced to a more intuitive and easier to oversee<br />

way of controlling the character to make the animator focus more on the poses and<br />

motion instead of any technicalities.<br />

3.2 The solid creative workflow of professionals<br />

One of the ten career tips for computer animators and digital artists given in The Art of<br />

3D Computer Animation and Effects (Kerlow, 2004) is to be prepared for change. Kerlow<br />

mentions that the production environment of these digital artists is in constant flux,<br />

referring to the constant development and never-ending improvements in workflow. It<br />

seems that we, the professionals in this field, stay in constant movement and drift on top<br />

of the waves of new inventions and workflows to constantly improve almost anything that<br />

influences our field (software, hardware, references, knowledge and more) to stay<br />

competitive and work the best we can. Altering our workflow is what we do based on new<br />

developments and passed projects. We search for changes where we think it is needed in<br />

our workflow. Every project addresses you with things that go wrong and could go faster.<br />

"It‟s funny how 9/10ths of improving is understanding what‟s deficient about the current<br />

12 Dreamworks animator Mike Stern mentions that the rig of the dragons in How to train your dragon (2010)<br />

contained up to 4.000 controls.<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

6<br />

2


work you‟re looking at, regardless of medium." (Girard, 2011,<br />

polygonspixelsandpaint.tumblr.com) And this is true for developing new tools as well. If<br />

you would solely take the time to write everything down that works against you or what<br />

you would‟ve done more efficiently if possible even then you would already see the<br />

importance of creating the animated short Mac „n‟ Cheese in conjunction with this<br />

research. Besides the testing of beta versions of ideas and concepts, we can actually see<br />

and feel how it influences us, and what is useful or not. Even more it‟ll help finding just<br />

those problems that should and could be easily be addressed with a customized toolset if<br />

one was to be created. A digital artist that survives in this field will not suffer from<br />

insularity, but will be open-minded and able to adapt.<br />

A while ago I went to a master class on animation given by industry professional<br />

animator Keith Lango (in Rotterdam, Netherlands) where he provided some insight in his<br />

general workflow and gave tips on what ways there are in animation, and how to<br />

improve. Keith Lango stated that when he started in the industry animating went quite<br />

differently. There were no real controls that you could move or pose, but you had a<br />

graph containing the spline-interpolated keyframes and all you could do was adjust this<br />

and see how this updated in the viewport. This helped him master „the flow of the spline<br />

curve‟. He meant that he had learned how the direction of the curve influenced overall<br />

speed, direction and movement of the animation before he had adjusted it. A lot has<br />

changed, but nowadays animators are still able to learn this, because the actual graph<br />

editor still exists, is still considered important in the animator‟s workflow and is thus still<br />

used throughout production. Starting animators often know how it works, but learning by<br />

heart, feeling comfortable and intuitive is a long way from there. Nevertheless the arcs<br />

and curves in the graph editor can really help the animator to clean up and finish his<br />

animation. We can see that getting accustomed to a certain workflow helps improve<br />

speed, intuitivity and efficiency. Nevertheless Keith mentioned that he did not have a<br />

hard time switching, because adjusting the controller by directly manipulating it instantly<br />

in the viewport on top of the character felt more intuitive. Furthermore, Keith showed a<br />

trick to quickly mirror a poses by using some small code-snippets within the dope sheet<br />

in Maya. Ever since, when I needed the quick trick I‟ve done the exact same thing, and<br />

I‟ve seen a classmate who went there as well adopting this same technique in recent<br />

projects. So, students are willing to adapt new techniques in their existing workflow as<br />

well, once they think it proves useful. At my internship at House of Secrets I noticed that<br />

they were also constantly keeping sight on new innovations and technology that could<br />

improve anything within their workflow. I‟ve seen them quickly trying out plugins or<br />

checking videos of techniques dumping some really quickly, holding some in the back of<br />

their minds and some even now being used in almost every project they do depending on<br />

what improvements and increased efficiency it brings. It‟s actually because of this search<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

6<br />

3


of them that I got interested even more in the developing technologies and new ways to<br />

do things.<br />

The workflow, but even more the pipeline of 3D professionals can be seen in studios<br />

as big as Pixar, but can also be discussed on the basis of a single freelancer or a small<br />

studio that works professionally. Both can differ a lot, but the basis shows similarities and<br />

guides us to the basic needs of any animator in this field.<br />

3.2.1 Animators at Pixar<br />

At Pixar they have the following simplistic overview of their pipeline towards the outside<br />

world:<br />

- A story idea is pitched<br />

- The text treatment is written<br />

- Storyboards are drawn<br />

- Voice talent begins recording<br />

- Editorials begin making reels<br />

- The art department creates the look and feel<br />

- Models are sculpted and articulated<br />

- The sets are dressed<br />

- The shots are laid out<br />

- The shot is animated<br />

- Sets and characters are shaded<br />

- Lighting completes the look<br />

- The computer data is “rendered”<br />

- Final touches are added<br />

(2011, pixar.com)<br />

As you can see the storyboard and reels are created long before the shots are laid out<br />

and animated, which really is a good important thing. This relieves the animator from<br />

constantly needing to think about overall timing, continuity and action while animating,<br />

because most timing and key poses are already in this reel. The animator has a clear<br />

reference that sets a goal and inspires to do better. There‟s more room for focus.<br />

Knowing what you‟ll be making sets a clear goal, and even knowing how you‟ll approach<br />

it makes you in control. Good planning and organization is what makes this possible as<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

6<br />

4


we‟ll see. According to a job description for an animator at Pixar the responsibilities for<br />

an animator are as follows:<br />

(ib.)<br />

- Receive with each assigned shot: storyboards, story reels, recorded dialogue, set<br />

layout, and direction. The Director shows each new sequence in layout and<br />

describes what is expected for every shot at a "blocking meeting"<br />

- Read soundtrack and plan shot<br />

- Block in movements in rough animation and show for the Director's approval in a<br />

daily review<br />

- Finish work for Director approval in a timely manner<br />

- Attend animation dailies<br />

In here we really see the animator‟s provided workflow, even though the reel already<br />

shows a lot of strict timing and action it isn‟t just inbetweening from there on. The<br />

animator gets the storyboard and story reel, showing him the idea of the overall<br />

continuity and storytelling that needs to be done at key moments. And the set has been<br />

layout before too. These combined makes the animator focus solely on the character and<br />

his motion with clear guidance. But even then, he still needs to use this as reference and<br />

plan out his own idea on top of it. This planning is a personal stage for the animator<br />

where he gets inspirations, sketches out ideas quickly and creates quick thumbnails for<br />

testing the poses quickly. This makes the character live and gets the animator to bring<br />

over what the audience will see in the end. It is extremely useful for the team, but also<br />

for the animator himself, to know where he‟s going and what he‟s going to do. Creating a<br />

clear and reachable goal is extremely important for creative flow. Knowing what you‟ll be<br />

making and knowing how you can get there creates a sense of control. This sense of<br />

control can only be achieved when directly posing out and checking the ideas the<br />

animator comes up with quickly; this is easiest and fastest to do within quick small<br />

sketches. Because the actual animating (in any field) requires too much time too quickly<br />

test out ideas such a simple and fast way for testing is of utmost importance beforehand.<br />

Once the animator as well as the team (like director) are satisfied with the idea, the<br />

animator will block in rough animation – often starting with key poses like pose to pose –<br />

and gets the progress approved by the director (and the team) in so called animation<br />

dailies. These are meetings where they show the days progress of all animators and<br />

discuss the made animations. This feedback from the team is what the animator should<br />

keep in mind, think over and check in his animation. But also watching the animation of<br />

other animators doing the same character or even another character will inspire and<br />

motivate.<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

6<br />

5


Dailies are always humbling, It's almost like watching the work of these people<br />

makes me tell myself "would you look at that? Now go back to your desk and let's<br />

try a little harder, come on...". It really pushes you. (Baena in Rickard, 2003,<br />

3dtotal.com)<br />

Within every meeting they raise the bar (for higher quality animation) and the feedback<br />

sets a clear goal for the user for the following day, which could almost be written down<br />

like a checklist. Again, this type of regular feedback is of great help for any animator.<br />

Victor's original planning sketches for Wall-E. (2009, planit3d.com)<br />

Pixar animator Victor Navone likes to spend at least a day (schedule allowing) to think<br />

about the shot, the characters and how it fits into the film. He starts drawing ideas,<br />

looking at research, and/or acts it out to find ideas. (Navone, 2011, strutyourreel.com)<br />

We had model sheets to show us how to design the facial expressions and poses.<br />

We had video of the voice actors performing their lines (which was sometimes<br />

useful, often not). And of course we had the whole movie in storyboards and John<br />

Lasseter telling us what he wanted. (Navone in Fitz, 2006, planit3d.com)<br />

In this pipeline some references are already a given, but even then the animator himself<br />

would create thumbnail sketches - like the planning sketches above – to work out and<br />

test his ideas quickly. When he works pose to pose he tries to find a sequence of poses,<br />

the essence, that he thinks communicates the acting ideas as clearly as possible with the<br />

least amount of information, again finding the essence and focus on that.<br />

Then I go about putting those poses onto the 3D character and timing them out<br />

on the computer. I usually start with held splines or I double up my poses to<br />

minimize to minimize[sic – typo was in original] the amount of computer<br />

inbetweens. Then I start adding breakdowns as needed until I have keys at every<br />

4 or 5 five frames. Then I start smoothing my splines from the hips out, adding<br />

ease-ins and -outs, offesetting keys to get lead, follow and overlap, and adding<br />

more keys where necessary for texture and better arcs. I spend at least a whole<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

6<br />

6


day polishing splines, arcs and spacing at the end. (Navone, 2009,<br />

strutyourreel.com)<br />

The 3D animation workflow should allow animators to easily sketch out and try ideas<br />

first. This preplanning, again, is extremely important. Victor then applies these ideas<br />

onto the 3D character, testing if it works and adding more important poses to minimize<br />

the computer inbetweens and get a better flow in the motion for a sense of control. After<br />

he has set the main poses and added breakdowns he works part by part to add easing,<br />

offsetting, follow-through and overlapping. Such a layered approach, doing part after<br />

part, we‟ve seen before with 2D animators as well and helps fully focusing on the motion.<br />

Then he starts adding adjustments where he deems necessary for extra texture and<br />

better arcs. Though this describes his general workflow it‟s not necessarily this strict.<br />

For abstract characters like Wall-E I tend to rely more on drawings. For acting<br />

shots I usually work pose-to-pose; for more physical shots I may work layered. It<br />

all depends on my mood and the requirements of the scene. (Navone in Fitz,<br />

2009, planit3d.com)<br />

For Navone there are a couple of methods and his method of choice depends on his mood<br />

and the scene itself. But we can see his general usage of quick drawings, the pose-to-<br />

pose method and the layered approach. Almost the same accounts for Carlos Baena who<br />

worked on Finding Nemo (2003), The Incredibles (2004) and other Pixar movies.<br />

Furthermore he‟s one of the founders of the popular top-notch animation school<br />

Animation Mentor. He also states the importance of getting ideas and setting a goal<br />

before „running into‟ the computer barrier. For his inspirational and motivational<br />

references he looks at and/or creates:<br />

- Previous animated shots with the character<br />

- Storyboards<br />

- Layout<br />

- Film Footage Reference<br />

- Personal Video Reference<br />

- Posing Reference<br />

- Thumbnails.<br />

(Baena, http://www.carlosbaena.com/resource/resource_tips_planning.html )<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

6<br />

7


A series of thumbnail sketches for the sequence where Mr. Incredible jumps from one building into another<br />

grabbing someone in mid-air along the way, from The Incredibles (2004). Image from carlosbaena.com<br />

Carlos also mentioned that he sometimes relied on the skills of others, letting them make<br />

a thumbnail or sketch of a pose and use these as inspiration and guides as well. Any<br />

reference footage that might inspire or motivate choices is more than welcome, even<br />

preferred. Even feedback in the form of big brainstorm sessions or as small as tiny<br />

notations or hints can help the animator get motivated and inspired, but even more get<br />

fully focused on what he needs to change, needs to do and how he will do it. Animation is<br />

teamwork.<br />

It's such a collaboration process, that it really helps to get constant feedback from<br />

the other animators. I start out by studying the shot, the moment when it takes<br />

place in the film and storyboards if they are available. Then I'll listen to the<br />

dialogue if it's a dialogue shot, and try to rough some thumbnails and write down<br />

ideas for the shot. Then I'll do a blocking pass with these ideas, and I'll try to get<br />

feedback right away from other animators to see if things read right away and<br />

people follow where I'm going with the shot. Because of other animators, I'll<br />

realize that I'm not pushing a shot enough or that maybe I'm going a little crazier<br />

with it than I should. I also try to animate the least number of things at first. I<br />

find it hard to change things on a shot if there is a lot of work put in it, so it's<br />

much easier to keep things simple right away. If the director likes where you are<br />

going with the shot, then awesome, you go ahead and start putting details in it<br />

and polish things up. (Baena in Belgrave, 2003, cgsociety.org, p.2)<br />

Baena also mentions that because of other animators, their comments on his work and<br />

their work at the animation dailies he realizes that he‟s not pushing his ideas and the<br />

character – as in exaggerate - far enough. The dailies seem to be a good thing for<br />

pushing that, but are also very important for playing down the animation when needed<br />

and help reviewing it on basis of the whole film. If the shot‟s overall place in the film is<br />

forgotten the final animation can easily end up having to be reanimated or adjusted,<br />

which takes a lot of time. (Baena in Belgrave, 2003, cgsociety.org) Especially the review<br />

process of the director and/or animation supervisor is very important. The animation<br />

dailies are also a great way to deal with the inputs from them as well.<br />

In the end, the director is the one always thinking about the film as a whole,<br />

sometimes concerned about how the film cuts, other times concerned about<br />

staging and other times concerned about the acting. (Baena in Belgrave, 2003,<br />

cgsociety.org, p.2)<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

6<br />

8


It‟s important to allow supervision from the director and the team at a regular interval so<br />

you‟ll always know what your next deadline is as well as be aware of any feedback<br />

rounds to come. With the production process of Mac „n‟ Cheese there was no real distinct<br />

director, but as I was supervising animator I often had to check it in the edit and guide<br />

the other animators with their animation. The overall supervision often went slow and<br />

came out to be a tedious task as we hadn‟t planned regular meeting or times for those<br />

and for me often ended up interfering with my task of animating in the middle of the day,<br />

often even a couple of times a day. If such a task could be more streamlined or better<br />

planned the task for lead animator and supervising animator can be done with greater<br />

result and in a shorter amount of time. Also if this is done at preset times I wouldn‟t have<br />

to interrupt the animator because he would be ready to receive the feedback at those set<br />

moments. I would like to end this with a quote from Victor Navone on what the<br />

animators focus on at Pixar.<br />

Animators at Pixar just animate. (Navone in Fitz, 2006, planit3d.com)<br />

3.2.2 Animating on Legend of the Guardians: The Owls of Ga'Hoole<br />

(2010)<br />

Brendan Body, lead animator on Legend of the Guardians: The Owls of Ga'Hoole (2010)<br />

discusses the crunch time 13 of animating on this movie in his blog. He states that even<br />

far into production parts of the story changed and influenced the way shots had to be<br />

animated. Shots were already starting to be animated, but changed later on – which<br />

often ended with needing to re-animate the shot totally.<br />

One major change to the film that affected the scene was the decision that the<br />

hero (Soren's) parents should not be killed during the film. Up until a few months<br />

before the end of the film's production the story had Soren return home to find his<br />

family's hollow burnt and abandoned. It was a sad but very beautiful and powerful<br />

scene. This was also where Soren was reunited with his snake nurse mate, Mrs.<br />

Plithiver (or Mrs P.) who would then accompany him on his mission to find the<br />

mythical Guardians of Ga'Hoole. Now that Soren's parents were not killed and he<br />

didn't return home, there was the dilemma of how to reunite Soren with Mrs P. As<br />

removing her would have impacted too much on the rest of the film. It was<br />

decided that she could be reintroduced in this sequence by Twylight bringing her<br />

into his home as food for him and his hollow-mate Digger. Who had just met<br />

Soren and offered him shelter. (Body, 2011, http://brendanbody.blogspot.com/)<br />

This resulted in shots being reassigned to senior and lead animators that could quickly<br />

pick up the job and could take responsibility for creating high quality animation in those<br />

last minutes nevertheless. Brendan got one of those reassigned shots and took the<br />

13 Crunch time is the interval of time just before a project is due and the production is reaching its deadline. In<br />

animation production people often work from early to late at night in the last few weeks of production to be<br />

able to get to the product‟s final state in time.<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

6<br />

9


altered shot described above. His workflow for building the idea and concept for the<br />

altered shot was as follows:<br />

- Planning<br />

- Basic poses<br />

- First tweaks and in-betweens<br />

- Send to director for notes.<br />

- Tweaking and checking with director daily for comments<br />

- Delivering the final<br />

Brendan wanted to try some funny ideas he‟d come up with and sketch out the<br />

combination of this with the guidelines of the shot. He really wanted to play with the idea<br />

of Soren (the snake in the movie) grasping the owl in the shot, but it had to come over<br />

as a hug instead of an attack. But he also wanted Soren to accidentally squeeze the owl<br />

when she became angry. The essence of this is really important, and to get to this and<br />

check if this can come over to the audience he started creating thumbnail sketches.<br />

Some thumbnail sketches for the discussed scene from Legend of the Guardians: The Owls of Ga'Hoole (2010)<br />

by animator Brendan Body.<br />

They are supposed to be done very quickly and rough as a way of testing and<br />

remembering the ideas for a shot. They also serve as a guideline of what works and what<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

7<br />

0


doesn‟t. For him they were mainly used as a means to visualise the physical movement<br />

of the snake throughout the shot. (cf. Body, 2011, http://brendanbody.blogspot.com/)<br />

After thinking through the ideas for poses and storytelling he used these as a guide for<br />

creating basic poses to check if the character could do a similar thing in 3D with<br />

believability. This basic poses served as a trial and error for getting to the best possible<br />

pose for Soren to hold and squeeze the owl in a believably friendly manner. Again, this is<br />

part of testing out the idea before starting in working out the actual movement in the<br />

animation. He‟s still focusing and working in a distinct pose to pose manner. After that he<br />

took a day to refine poses, add a couple of breakdowns and put in some of the facial<br />

animation to help sell what the final characters emotion would be. Then, for the first<br />

time, he submitted it for review towards the animation director. Who would review it,<br />

send up notes and would later be available for questions, clarifications and additional<br />

reviews around lunch time. The director states what he likes and dislikes, giving hints for<br />

things to add or remove in the shot. Then it‟s time for the animator to adjust his<br />

animation based on the director‟s comments. The review and tweaking stage goes back<br />

and forth between the animator and animation director while passing the stages of<br />

blocking, rough and towards final. A confirmation on blocking approved or rough<br />

approved acts as a checklist that the corresponding things work fine and animation can<br />

be tweaked into the later stage, adding more detail and finesse. This daily and quick<br />

review system really improves creative flow. Each day the animator is able to get a fresh<br />

look on the animation with the help of clear notes from the animation director. There‟s a<br />

constant clear goal for the animator to work towards. For flow there‟s also the need for<br />

immediate feedback, although it is not evident in this workflow it is actually present. The<br />

regular interval of feedback by the director makes for a to-do list on an almost daily<br />

basis, which is used as guidance towards the goal. When it‟s not reaching those goals the<br />

animator himself perceives direct feedback from checking the animation previews he<br />

creates (to check timing and motion) against the set goal, resulting in perceivable<br />

immediate feedback. Furthermore it‟s best to not constantly have new notes from an<br />

animation director as constant introduction to such information interferes with the act of<br />

animation (or any act at all) and could easily break ones focus, thus flow.<br />

While discussing the WYSIWYG effect of stop motion I‟d already briefly mentioned<br />

that 3D animation is affected by the opposite. The end rendered result can appear very<br />

different from the preview the animator works with. Within the production of Legend of<br />

the Guardians: The Owls of Ga'Hoole (2010) they had this same problem. In-between<br />

stages they did small renders with motion blur to see the effect that motion blur would<br />

have on the motion and clarity of the poses and emotion and thus create a preview with<br />

reduced difference from the final result to use for reviewing purposes. Sometimes<br />

animation had to be altered that would‟ve looked fine in the animator‟s preview, but<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

7<br />

1


came over differently in the test-rendered version. (Body, 2011,<br />

http://brendanbody.blogspot.com/) Adding this check-up adds towards the clarity of the<br />

animator‟s goal and also helps looking at the animation in a different way, giving the<br />

animator the possibility to pinpoint other flaws in the animation as well. Such check-ups<br />

and supervision in-between can be of significant importance when the final rendered<br />

result differ an extensive amount from the preview version. We‟ve done such test renders<br />

in the production of Mac „n‟ Cheese as well and it guided the animators as well as my<br />

own supervision on them on certain points that looked fine in the previews but needed<br />

extra attention when seen in the rendered version. It was very helpful and made us able<br />

to see problems before the final rendering, thus taking a significant smaller time of<br />

production and help to direct us more to our final goal with this increased speed in<br />

feedback.<br />

Because the shot Brendan was working on got altered from the original version the<br />

animator had to also adjust the camera, which was normally not the case in this<br />

production. These were normally initially laid out by the studios lensing department. For<br />

this shot the camera would still have to be refined by this same department. (cf. Body,<br />

2011, http://brendanbody.blogspot.com/) Again we see that such things are released<br />

from the animator‟s mind. This creates more focus on only the animation of the<br />

character. Even more, having this clearly laid out beforehand doesn‟t only keep the<br />

animator from other tasks to do, but also give him a more controllable limited space to<br />

work in. The animator has a clearer goal and it‟s easier to oversee what motion he should<br />

aim for. Again, defining scene layout and creating plans accordingly before starting with<br />

animating are important for a constant focus and reduced mind stress of the animator,<br />

increasing flow.<br />

3.2.3 Animation in smaller sized productions<br />

At smaller studios the animator might be a story artist and editor as well. Also the<br />

amount of money that is allocated is often less and this creates less time space for the<br />

animator to work in. There might not be enough time and manpower for creating an<br />

elaborate storyboard or reel before animating begins. A simple overview from some<br />

smaller projects I‟ve worked on, discussed or have read about look like this:<br />

- An idea or story comes in from advertising agency; sometimes with a storyboard.<br />

- Time allocated for each part in production is being discussed.<br />

- Animator captures any references, works out ideas and tests. (if possible within<br />

the assigned time.)<br />

- Applies his ideas onto the 3D character as key poses.<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

7<br />

2


- Discuss with supervisor.<br />

- Animating. Keeping in mind the continuity and storytelling, because those aren‟t<br />

strictly laid out as reference.<br />

- Put into edit to check for continuity and storytelling.<br />

As you can see the animator often is the one planning out most of the action, taking care<br />

of continuity, storytelling and timing while his task is to animate at the same time. The<br />

distinction between planning and starting to animate can be very blurred and it is hard to<br />

see or know when to actually start animating or even more importantly to know when to<br />

wait with animating. Over time many animators learn that planning is a key ingredient<br />

for good animation, but the workflow of 3D software doesn‟t initiate such a flow because<br />

it doesn‟t allow for quickly testing. The (experienced) animators therefore often refer<br />

back to pen and paper for thumbnail sketching and creating test poses because of its<br />

speed increase and separation (as in non-omnipresent.) Customizations that provide<br />

sketching in 3D software itself would be very welcome and can provide a more direct (in-<br />

scene) approach to sketching. The same accounts for creating small thumbnails for the<br />

frames, if this could be done in 3D software there could be a huge change in the planning<br />

stage of 3D animation. And will also introduce a better reference connection with the<br />

plans the animator creates.<br />

But there are no rules that govern the best way to develop the creative goals of a<br />

project. […] A word of caution: Changing the creative goals of a project once<br />

production has started almost always has a negative ripple effect that leads to<br />

delays, complication, additional expense and frustration. (Kerlow, 2004)<br />

The best way to work, for both professionals in the 3D industry as well as other fields is<br />

to limit everything to only that freedom that is needed. Creating a strict storyboard or a<br />

line test for complex shots can, as seen throughout this thesis, definitely safe time while<br />

animating. But it‟s not only that, giving a direction for the animator gives him a better<br />

clear goal (remember, this is a requirement for getting into a flow) and makes it easier<br />

for creative artists in a team to be coherent when they talk about the animation of a<br />

shot. Everyone knows what will happen and the essentials of storytelling that is to be in<br />

the shot shall at that time be the same in everyone‟s mind. This can be seen really strict<br />

(as with Pedri Animation) or relatively loose (House of Secrets.) This difference possibly<br />

comes from the difference in size of the studios. While Pedri Animation admitted to be at<br />

least „some kind of a factory‟ and working off of a line test for most of the animations the<br />

contrary happens at House of Secrets. The animation department is given freedom most<br />

of the time limited by just a simple „couple of pictures‟-storyboard (often from the<br />

advertising agency) and some quick words on the approach from the animation<br />

supervisor. But it is not to say they don‟t have a structured animation workflow as well.<br />

The overview at the beginning of this paragraph depicts House of Secrets‟ animation<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

7<br />

3


workflow pretty well. The animator goes to work often with a couple of pictures that<br />

show the idea or a small storyboard. The animator plans out his idea or shows the<br />

supervisor the ideas for the poses and he‟ll get comments on it if necessary. Because<br />

they do commercials instead of features the length of the animation and its place in the<br />

full sequence is often easier to oversee. Though, the director still stays in control to<br />

manage the animator‟s goals and give him notes and comments for better focusing. This<br />

focus and concentration is really needed for the animator to be able to achieve flow and<br />

stay in that state as well.<br />

Percy Tienhooven, one of the founders of a small animation studio called FUBE, has a<br />

great passion for animation but has also been getting more and more interested in<br />

keeping up with friends on facebook and checking other social media. Even checking<br />

some blogs and game pages came into his daily workflow. Especially sites like facebook<br />

had him checking up the notes by friends constantly throughout the day. He noticed the<br />

interference - but even more the breaking - of his flow. Once he popped out of his work<br />

to check and read some other stuff (or even the idea of switching to do so) introduced<br />

self-consciousness, which for flow should not be present. When you keep switching<br />

between multiple tasks you are thought-juggling 14 . This external and internal<br />

interference is one of the biggest problems many more people are facing nowadays.<br />

Percy initiated to block all websites on his work computer that kept him and his mind<br />

from fully focusing on work. He mentioned that ever since introducing this adjustment<br />

he‟s been able to be more productive, feel more efficient and feel better in general. He<br />

also had trouble separating from work when he got home. He would go home, turn on his<br />

laptop and started doing a bit of this and a bit of that from the works‟ chores, but again<br />

while he was trying to entertain himself with facebook, games and/or a movie<br />

intermittently. He now stopped taking his laptop home and uses only his iPad at home.<br />

Since he‟s now unable to do any 3D animation from work at home he can fully focus on<br />

entertainment, totally separated from any thoughts of working. Taking time off can be<br />

very important, like we‟ve seen in Wallas‟ model of the creative process. Incubation is an<br />

actual part of the creative process.<br />

Even more he said that he learned that flow and noticeable interference is not only at<br />

oneself, but also on how you work with others. How a team works can easily interfere<br />

with a task at hand, or simply said interfere with one‟s flow. Quickly asking a question or<br />

discussing a minor detail while someone is focused on a task will change his focus from<br />

the task and thus interfere with his focus and flow. Again, this is a very clear thing to<br />

remember. Anything the animator should do or anything that would do something with<br />

14 Thought-juggling is when you switch tasks while multitasking. You throw the information of one task up in<br />

the air switch to the other task and later go back to the first task hoping you can catch what you threw up<br />

without losing or missing any of the critical pieces of information. This can only work when the information<br />

consists of low-complexity.<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

7<br />

4


the animator (like reviews by the supervisor or the animator‟s notation) should not<br />

interfere with the task at hand, best is to have it at a decided time so everybody will<br />

work towards it and be ready when it starts. This is really an essential part of keeping<br />

flow and staying creative – and happy - while at it. Especially in smaller studios where<br />

someone is often involved with more than one task it is important that this person can<br />

easily focus on a task separated from the other, instead of having to switch both<br />

constantly and introduce thought-juggling.<br />

Mark Bazelmans, animator at animation studio Lemonade, says he uses small speed-<br />

up shortcuts and buttons while animating. His examples were a button that acted as a<br />

quick selection method for the whole character, a script that corrects overshoot on a<br />

curve and one that helps with adding inbetweens. These things that resolve some of the<br />

daily hinder from controlling the character and working with the keys can have an<br />

extensive positive impact on the animator‟s workflow. But before he starts working on<br />

the hard work he sketches and works out the ideas of the shot beforehand.<br />

[…]your blocking should clearly convey your ideas about the character and the<br />

poses, and that extra time spent at the beginning (even thumbnails) can greatly<br />

improve the outcome and save a lot of time. If your ideas differ from the<br />

animation supervisor or director it‟s better to find out in the sketch fase[sic] than<br />

when your[sic] knee deep in keyframes.<br />

(Bazelmans, 2011)<br />

Mark uses a small to-do list to write down and remember the comments made by the<br />

supervisor and/or director. It‟s like a little checklist to check off the made notations. Once<br />

he starts animating he‟ll often set keys only on a limited amount of frames, having keys<br />

for the full pose without key offsets for as long as possible, this helps keeping the<br />

timeline clear and simple to oversee. The amount of data 3D animators work with – from<br />

all controls and axes – can become hard to oversee, therefore it‟s best to have a<br />

structured and organized approach that keeps it as simple as possible for as long as<br />

possible. As said Mark also creates simple presets and shortcuts to easily change Maya‟s<br />

default behavior. Marks workflow shows that he as animator wants a quick ready-to-use<br />

suite to work with it that is as clean, organized and simple as possible and allows him to<br />

work in that same way. It‟s important when creating and designing tools to enhance flow<br />

that the default settings for things that require control optionally have default settings<br />

that are most likely set to the animator‟s most likely intended usage. Having it perform<br />

as intended by the animator out-of-the-box is what makes it instantly beneficial for<br />

animators. The same as how setting their own presets and defining their own layout<br />

setup helps with feeling comfortable with the interface and get up to speed on a daily<br />

basis in the long run. Complexity as well as not feeling instantly comfortable interferes<br />

with efficiency in the creative process. Animator Nanda van Dijk uses similar scripts<br />

designed to help with a certain task – like the inbetweening mentioned by Mark - and<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

7<br />

5


says that the usage of such tools really make it a lot easier and make it possible to work<br />

more intuitively. Looking at tasks that show some complexity or take a lot of time to do<br />

seem very good starting points as it are improvements the animator is actually hoping<br />

for and has probably even already been searching for.<br />

3.2.4 Animating with the use of new techniques.<br />

Visual Effects studio Double Negative has been working on Paul (2010) and provided the<br />

main character with the similar name. Paul is a grey-alien, like how we „know‟ aliens, and<br />

had to set a lifelike and believable performance for this movie. (Failes, 2011,<br />

fxguide.com) For the creation process they used new techniques in their pipeline, like<br />

motion capture. Real life actor Seth Rogen provided the voice and basic movements for<br />

this animated alien character. But his captured data wasn‟t directly used on the<br />

character.<br />

Seth donned the Xsens MVN suit and performed the role on-set as a reference for<br />

the animation team, allowing them to reflect his nuances and mannerisms onto<br />

the titular character. (http://www.xsens.com/paul)<br />

The captured data was used as reference for the creation of the actual animation. The<br />

motion capture provided an on set reference for where Paul would be or what he would<br />

be doing and thus the director could instantly see a relatively thorough previz of the<br />

scene, like the workflow of The Third Floor described in paragraph 2.4. Since the director<br />

was able to instantly supervise the real-life actors combined with Paul‟s basic position,<br />

movements and timing simple adjustments could be made relatively fast and early on –<br />

when actual synthetic animators weren‟t even in the picture. Thus by the time the<br />

animators start working on it the director has already approved its main guiding<br />

animation reference. This thorough motion reference (3D motion capture data) and the<br />

actual shot as guidelines combined resemble the basics of the shot immediately. Such<br />

clear guidance (which already has been approved by the director before) makes that the<br />

team is always on the same line and knows what has to be done. Even more, the<br />

animators can get inspired by the detail, finesse and motion in the material already<br />

delivered as guidance. Any additional quick ideas or tests from the animators were also<br />

done with the Xsens system.<br />

Animators further relied on reference footage of themselves – some shot on<br />

flipcams – and motion capture data generated in-house. “That Xsens MVN suit is<br />

really flexible and affordable so we had one here in several sizes,” says Beer. “We<br />

would set up sessions where animators could jump in the suit and then capture<br />

their performances in 3D. You could block things in so quickly and see it on Paul,<br />

and get a choreography that the director could buy off on. Sometimes with video<br />

reference it‟s harder to imagine a person who looks completely different to Paul<br />

working in the scene.” (Beer in Failes, http://www.fxguide.com/, 2011)<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

7<br />

6


By now I‟ve presented the importance of strict preplanning numerous times, but here<br />

speed is being addressed clearly as well. The increased speed in trying out different<br />

things and testing out ideas seemed very beneficial within creating the animation for<br />

Paul, even important. A more direct result, especially when testing and experimenting,<br />

really helps the performance of the animators and thus the performance of the animated<br />

character. Although the motion capture data was purely used as reference and guidelines<br />

it helped quickly trying out ideas, finding small nuances in motion as well as showing the<br />

director and the team what you‟ll be creating rather extensively early on. The animators<br />

were able to get to the actual character handling process in 3D relatively quick, while<br />

maintaining the creation of consistent planning beforehand, because of this speed<br />

increase. Other technicalities involved in this process are thus (for the animator) mostly<br />

in the character handling, posing and actual „usage‟ of the 3D character and data. For<br />

helping the actual character handling they used hand- and face-pose libraries to quickly<br />

let the animator choose/test poses in a clean and very interactive way. (Beer in Failes,<br />

http://www.fxguide.com/, 2011) A pose library with pictures for the poses might<br />

resemble some of a character sheet for the animator as it provides good (standard)<br />

poses within reach. Even more, a good pose library can help the animator focus on parts<br />

of the character as it could provide poses for only parts of the character as well (thus<br />

work layered.)<br />

Two pictures showing (developmental) pictures of a pose manager for Maya called PoseMan2. It provides<br />

thumbnails for the poses, and sections and groups for a layered approach. Note that this is not the system<br />

created by Double Negative.<br />

It provides possible consistency between animators but also a speed up in the workflow<br />

of any animator. These techniques used by Double Negative shows improvements in<br />

speed of setup, testing and choosing the right poses and getting direction on a shot. This<br />

seems to really help the animator in a positive way with working out his animations and<br />

the gaining of creative ideas.<br />

Another issue they came across while working on Paul was the missing WYSIWYG<br />

feature in 3D animation for the animators. Especially because the exaggerated lifelike<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

7<br />

7


performance should come over correctly it was important that it would end up being<br />

readable as how the animator intended it to be.<br />

“As soon as we started to try lighting him up with sub-surface scattering and all<br />

the beautiful components that make him feel physically in the shot,” says Beer,<br />

“the details that we‟d put in to make him read as a character – the emotional<br />

landmarks – became suddenly invisible.” […] “So we went from these playblasts,<br />

which are grey-shaded representations with high contrasty lighting, to a lit version<br />

of the character that looked like Clutch Cargo – basically just a talking mouth. But<br />

DNeg has a lot of talented guys and we just kept dialing everything in to get<br />

movement back and the feature lines to read again. The animators and lighters<br />

had to push it harder than they normally would.” (Failes,<br />

http://www.fxguide.com/, 2011)<br />

The animators and lighters had to take steps back, tweak and fix those parts to make<br />

sure everything would come over correctly. The benefits of having a WYSIWYG<br />

environment for animators have now widely been discussed within stop motion, the<br />

production of Legend of the Guardians: The Owls of Ga'Hoole (2010), Paul (2010) and<br />

throughout been mentioned in Mac „n‟ Cheese (2011) references as well and will be<br />

discussed further later in this chapter. This indirect control made for a tedious back and<br />

forth process of fixing and tweaking. This takes time and even worse reduces the flow.<br />

The best setup would be, in such a case where instant feedback isn‟t possible, one<br />

wherein regular and even more a constant stream of such feedback would be made<br />

possible. Like that is done within the production of Legend of the Guardians: The Owls of<br />

Ga'Hoole (2010) where they introduced early render tests to check and see early on what<br />

the rendering would end up doing with the animation. Planning this with regular<br />

intervals, like animation dailies, makes for clear moments of feedback and progress and<br />

helps working focused to the final goals.<br />

3.3 The open creative workflow of starters, students, hobbyists.<br />

The overall pipeline and workflow for starting animators, students and hobbyists is<br />

often rather similar to those already discussed and there‟s no general difference in<br />

preproduction, production and postproduction either. Therefore discussing the basics<br />

again would be a reconfirmation of the already elaborately discussed points. This<br />

paragraph will thus focus more on its differences and additional ideas found in these<br />

animators‟ workflows. The biggest difference is how the animator is assigned to his tasks<br />

and what his tasks are. Animators at smaller studios, starting animators (like students)<br />

and hobbyists often don‟t have a strict predefined workflow and even more often aren‟t<br />

only focusing on the part of animation. For example, students are part of the whole<br />

production. Creating story ideas, storyboards, character designs, modeling, layout,<br />

animation, lighting, rendering, compositing and are often even involved with exporting<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

7<br />

8


the final movie too. They might seem to be working on a project for a long time „creating<br />

animation‟, but in that time they deal with preproduction, production and postproduction.<br />

Instead of having a strict division between each stage in the pipeline the border between<br />

each stage of production is much more blurred and this makes it hard to separate tasks<br />

from one another. Even more, these animators have more tasks at hand: data wrangling<br />

is a daily task, as well as supervising the overall structure of daily progress. The same (in<br />

smaller amount) accounts for supervising animators in small studios who might handle<br />

the layout of a shot, the actual animation and supervising other animators, which might<br />

seem logically to his job description. Though, often, this same person deals with at least<br />

some of the data wrangling, like checking to be sure the latest playblasts are in the right<br />

place with the correct names containing the elements it needs and nothing else (as a<br />

frame counter is often useful, but the cluttered view of controls overlayed on the<br />

character is a no-go when previewing your animations.)<br />

Such interfering tasks can really disturb flow as have been thoroughly discussed, but<br />

taking time off can also be part of the creative process, like incubation. Edwin Schaap,<br />

student at the Utrecht School of Arts, keeps himself enthusiastic and creative by shortly<br />

doing something else when he‟s getting fed up with the task at hand. He‟ll switch to<br />

rendering for example, when he feels he‟s losing enthusiasm or fresh sight on the<br />

animation he‟s working on. This helps him to take a step away from the task of<br />

animating and allow for incubation. It‟s important that he chooses to switch instead of<br />

being forced to do so, as that interferes with his flow. There‟s a difference between this<br />

forced switch and the chosen one, where respectively the first introduces us with a bad<br />

workflow and the last can be a personal good habit. I say „can be‟ because being aware<br />

of wanting to switch increases self-awareness and reduces focus of the task at hand, and<br />

it might be at a moment when there‟s no need for another task to be completed or there<br />

might be none at all. Still, in the good version taking time off is part of the creative<br />

process (in Wallas‟ model.) But if the user is introduced with interference by other tasks<br />

and ideas he‟ll be facing lack of focus, thought-juggling as well as a break in flow, or will<br />

have no flow at all.<br />

Another interesting thing to notice with starting animators is the willingness to<br />

customize and adjust the interface and buttons to their own needs. Although Maya allows<br />

for customizing the interface in numerous ways it still seems lacking compared with the<br />

customization possibilities of other software. As for Gijs van Kooten and Tom Hankins<br />

who talk about Zbrush and its capabilities of creating a really customized interface in a<br />

relatively very simple way.<br />

In Zbrush it's really handy that you can easily (drag and drop) make your own<br />

menus and grab functions from different menus and put them together. Then you<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

7<br />

9


can bind it to any hotkey and have it appear near your cursor at any time. (van<br />

Kooten, 2011)<br />

Allowing you to easily combine functions and create a single button or shortcut for<br />

elaborate tasks (as well as simple tasks.) In Autodesk Maya the user can create similar<br />

possibilities though it often requires you to do at least some programming in its native<br />

programming language MEL or in Python (especially when stacking/combining functions.)<br />

Many animators are unable to program and thus unable to create such shortcuts in a<br />

simple way. Creating such shortcuts (of multiple tasks) should be provided in the<br />

simplest way possible. Again we can see that animators are likely to go for a solution<br />

that provides them with an improvement in speed and simplicity. The setup of such<br />

customization also takes some (even if it is just a little) time in Zbrush as well, but<br />

nevertheless is being greatly used as its introduced speed increase greatly outweighs its<br />

setup time. Still there‟s a fall-off in efficiency, according to Fitt‟s Law 15 , when using on-<br />

screen buttons that have to be pressed based on visual feedback, even more when<br />

they‟re becoming relatively small or far from the animator‟s direct work space. Therefore<br />

it‟s interesting to provide interfaces for the user that can stay close in proximity of the<br />

animator without interfering with on screen space (for animating) or provide the<br />

possibility of customization (in keyboard shortcuts for example) to work around such<br />

efficiency decrease at all. As it is hard to introduce a big amount of shortcuts to<br />

memorize 16 the focus of the produced tools for this research lies at producing a visual<br />

interface allowing direct control, because it presents direct feedback and control without<br />

the need of learning and remembering functions by heart. Nevertheless, allowing the<br />

user to use the toolset‟s functions as a shortcut (when possible) can make a tool much<br />

more production worthy for all animators and should be kept in mind when developing<br />

such tools.<br />

Many of the students I‟ve spoken with stressed the importance of planning for<br />

animation. The storyboard should be clear (and close to final) before creating the rig, so<br />

the rig can contain the functionality it needs on basis of choices made from the<br />

storyboards. We‟ve seen a similar approach with stop motion where the puppet‟s rigs are<br />

created with only the needed freedom based on the needed motion limiting the rig‟s<br />

movement to only the necessary control for the animator. The storyboard and process<br />

before the actual animating should conceive a clear picture of what has to be created and<br />

what will possibly fit as animation in that sequence. These same student animators<br />

stressed the team effort of discussing the concepts, story, and ideas for animation and<br />

15 Fitts's law is a model of human movement in human–computer interaction and ergonomics that predicts that<br />

the time required to rapidly move to a target area is a function of the distance to the target and the size of the<br />

target.<br />

16 Gijs van Kooten also stated that when working in one program for an extended period of time and then<br />

switching back to the other made it hard for him to remember his set up shortcuts in that particular software.<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

8<br />

0


progression of the shot before starting to animate. Again this is introducing the concept<br />

of teamwork within animation as a primal need. Thus important is that everyone<br />

constantly has the same goals for the final animation and knows what his current task is<br />

and should easily be able to check off and show when it‟s done or in need of review.<br />

Especially students or starters might not have the ability to cooperate with team<br />

members at one location all the time and will end up doing discussion and management<br />

over the internet. A tool to likely introduce a positive influence on this – for online but<br />

also for teams working in a single location together - would be a system providing easily<br />

accessible and widely shared data and information on the full project, like goals, progress<br />

and current tasks with the aid of small notations or possibility to comment/discuss the<br />

project clearly as well. An example for such a thing already discussed is the ShotTracker<br />

created by Motek Entertainment for usage in their production pipeline.<br />

3.4 My personal pick on a 3D workflow.<br />

My own personal experience with 3D animation started with an unbelievably slow start<br />

and I‟m actually still in the process of really starting to feel comfortable and intuitive as I<br />

am still searching for a better held flow, hence this research. I‟ve had trouble picking up<br />

the importance of planning, setting a goal and knowing where you‟re heading constantly<br />

when I started learning to animate. I often started animating with a simple idea of what<br />

a character was going to do and ended up with complete rubbish over and over again.<br />

Even when I‟ve been told and read about the importance of reference and planning I had<br />

a hard time actually using it and doing it myself. Back then I‟ve tried using the pose-to-<br />

pose method, but freedom in the software allowed me – and my enthusiasm forced me -<br />

to adjust poses in-between the important poses rather early on instead of creating strong<br />

key poses. I often ended up with a moving character that moved from one place to<br />

another in indescribably weird ways, which was fun at times but I‟ve never felt that I<br />

actually reached any goals I set beforehand. Just doing whatever suits you best at any<br />

moment is not the way to go in production.<br />

Before going into the negative things of 3D animation there‟s also a lot I consider as a<br />

useful functionality in the software. Simple things like being able to undo, redo, copy and<br />

paste with or without offsetting provide simple and fast functionality for testing and<br />

experimenting with the animation data. Also working in such software makes it possible<br />

to create perceivable depth and believable depth as it works on a basis of three<br />

dimensional data. This also allows for simulations to run in such 3D space and create<br />

believable simulated effects, like water, explosions, gas, but also parts of or the whole<br />

character could in theory be simulated. And often things like hair or fur are already being<br />

simulated in 3D animation productions, sometimes even allowing the animator basic<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

8<br />

1


control over the motion and letting the dynamics create its final nuances and believable<br />

realism. Though, this 3D space also makes for far more complexity than working with 2<br />

axes, like 2D. Therefore working in this 3D space and its complexity of managing the<br />

data gives most animators – as we‟ve already seen too – a hard time for quickly testing<br />

ideas and focus on only the necessary because many technicalities and complexities are<br />

often interfering with tasks at hand.<br />

For a 3D animator animating all starts from the rig as it provides an interface for the<br />

animator to control the character. Jason Schleifers‟ Animator Friendly Rigging emphasizes<br />

that it‟s important to create rigs that don‟t bite. (Schleifer, 2010, jasonschleifer.com) The<br />

rigs should feel friendly, simple and comfortable. I totally agree that this is important,<br />

and this actually accounts for the whole software and everything in the pipeline as well.<br />

You should work in a way you feel comfortable and are not afraid of unexpected<br />

technicalities that might come up. It all should be easy to use, fast and simple to<br />

oversee. Many rigs - almost all - these days are pretty fast in usage. But their increase in<br />

complexity give animators the need for better tools to manage the rig and animation,<br />

otherwise this increased complexity will interfere with the animator‟s mind, focus,<br />

creativity and flow - possibly in that order. Though, the way a rig works and how it looks<br />

also influences my animation. Working with a proxy rig 17 sometimes gave me better<br />

results than looking at the full quality character constantly. Also looking at a silhouette of<br />

the character was interesting for me as guidance towards better lines of action and<br />

creating better readable poses which was especially useful on physical action shots.<br />

Sometimes playing backwards, inverting or doing anything at all that made it look<br />

different gave me a fresh view on the animation and helped me to allow incubation while<br />

continuing to work on the shot as you start focusing on different things and let the<br />

previous things sink in. And this experimenting with form and color is only a part of what<br />

really helps me to „look‟ at my animation. Besides that, I also really love having control<br />

over the timing or smoothness of curves in a simple manner. I often retime animations<br />

just for checking and testing ideas or smooth out parts to see the difference. “Would it<br />

work better if it was faster? Or slower?” As I feel that it‟s hard to know this if you<br />

wouldn‟t have checked it I find being able to do so very important. Another thing I<br />

happen to do often to check overall motion and work layered is zooming in on just a part<br />

of the shot and thus a part of the character. This going close into the shot forces you to<br />

look at just those specific parts and helps keeping focused on just that, just working<br />

layered. Tools that quickly provide me with a fresh different sight or even a more focused<br />

sight on the animation of the shot are – in my opinion - highly recommended for aiding<br />

creativity.<br />

17 A proxy rig is one that allows you to work with a lower-quality version of the character that should resemble<br />

the character in its most basic form, often used for more interactivity as the lower resolution version is often<br />

faster in usage than a high quality one.<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

8<br />

2


In management I‟ve noticed while working on Mac „n‟ Cheese and other productions<br />

I‟ve worked on it is extremely important to be able to check off what is done. It‟s ok to<br />

step back in production if it is really needed to, like when the rig doesn‟t work how it is<br />

supposed to. But in whatever stage the animator is he or she should not be distracted by<br />

any other parts of production. With Mac „n‟ Cheese we chose to start the process of<br />

animation even when some parts of the movie weren‟t final in storyboards, because of<br />

the time constraints we had. As the same people were responsible for multiple parts of<br />

the production we‟ve all had to deal with switching between multiple tasks. At first we<br />

really had trouble progressing with the process, but once we all learned how to divide<br />

these stages of the production we could finally start seeing progress one step at a time.<br />

Two or more parts could be in process simultaneously, but you should never feel<br />

responsible for more than a single task at the same time. What I mean is that you<br />

shouldn‟t feel like you‟re busy doing both at once. Focus on one task completely, check it<br />

off and then switch. You can only do this if you work strictly with a checklist and can<br />

hand over to the team what you‟ll do first, how you‟ll do it and tell them how much time<br />

it takes. This can only be done by setting a clear goal and by also making clear what your<br />

end resulting product will look like early on in the process. The initial step for this is good<br />

planning, lying out of the overall idea and discussing this with the team. Then discussion<br />

and review makes sure that everybody gets on the same line and knows what will be<br />

created. The first layout of the idea should be held as simple as possible - like 2D<br />

sketches or a quick discussion of the shot - because starting to work with complex 3D<br />

stuff where the computer takes over can interfere with the animator‟s possibility of<br />

processing creative ideas.<br />

“Letting the computer do too much of the work too early on in an artist‟s<br />

development may severely stunt their[student animators] ability to process<br />

creative ideas thoroughly in their imaginations before committing them to paper”<br />

(Gilland, awn.com, 2006)<br />

Therefore it is really important to take away as much as possible of the influence of the<br />

computer that creates not directly intended results at the beginning stages, for example<br />

its inbetweening. Gilland is definitely not saying you should not be using a computer, me<br />

neither, but you should be aware of what it will do when you choose to let it do<br />

something. You should have direct control over everything and the usage of the<br />

computer should be a tool to create your ideas instead of a tool that creates your ideas.<br />

The difference might sound subtle, but the results will vary greatly.<br />

Through the years I‟ve found out that good thinking and careful planning of the ideas<br />

make for way better and even more creative animation and allows you to take over the<br />

control of the program instead of letting it develop (bad) ideas for you. Even more, the<br />

first thing you‟ll come up with for the shot, any idea that might seem good or fun that<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

8<br />

3


came up first, will probably be the first idea the audience thinks of too. Generally this is a<br />

bad thing. You want to constantly surprise the audience with a unique and rewarding<br />

experience, showing them something they wouldn‟t have come up with while watching<br />

the shots before this one. Therefore it is extremely important to sketch out multiple<br />

ideas, sit on it for a while and discuss it with others. Again, quick sketching, getting ideas<br />

and collaboration concludes to be the top most important things in animating. It‟s not in<br />

how slick a movement is for (most of) the audience, but what you‟re telling them and<br />

how they feel involved with it. The animator should bring over a living character instead<br />

of (just) a moving character.<br />

How it moves is more important than what moves […] what the animator does on<br />

each frame of film is not as important as what he or she does in between […]<br />

(Mclaren in Wells, 1998, p.10)<br />

What helps in this process of working towards better ideas (and thus animation) is<br />

teamwork and good collaboration. A brainstorm session or even a simple discussion can<br />

give you many ideas you would‟ve solely never come up with and thus more likely the<br />

audience wouldn‟t have either.<br />

Thus, I start in 3D by creating key poses in a shot that I‟ve thought out beforehand.<br />

Though, after setting the initial key poses I prefer working straight ahead, often<br />

removing/replacing the older poses I had come up with, with something better. The<br />

planning and poses that I‟d thoroughly thought through and created beforehand are an<br />

essential guide for my straight forward runs, reminding what the character should be like<br />

at those important moments – which the director probably even approved too. Like we‟ve<br />

seen many times before key poses instantly serve as great guidelines and my method<br />

closely resembles the combination/blend of pose-to-pose and straight ahead (as<br />

described in paragraph 2.2) giving the benefits of both. There‟s a difference between<br />

shots where acting is most important and other shots that thrive on physical action.<br />

When focusing on acting you would work your ideas from the character‟s mind, what<br />

would he choose to do and how would he do it, keeping improvements to the line of<br />

action and „sickness‟ of the shot for a later time. Whereas the shots with the focus on<br />

physical action often start from what is the action, how can this look slickest and what<br />

line of action is most intense where we start thinking about the acting and how would the<br />

character choose to do so much later. But for both, and I would say all, animation it is<br />

important to think it through and plan it well before you start investing time in complex<br />

stuff and let your mind run off with the bad things that can come along the way. Or even<br />

worse, let the computer introduce things in the animation you did not originally intend to<br />

have in there.<br />

Do yourself a huge favor and figure all this stuff[action in a scene] out on paper<br />

FIRST before you ever save a key. Ideally, by the time you touch a mouse, you<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

8<br />

4


already know exactly what pose happens on what frame. You already figured out<br />

your paths of action and your arcs and anticipations on paper - then just get into<br />

the computer and plug that stuff in! (Kelly in Freeman, 2011b,<br />

shaunfreeman.com)<br />

The same accounts for the visuals the animator sees that can differ greatly from the<br />

final result, the non-WYSIWYG feature. It should be controlled directly instead of being<br />

magically created by the computer without some direct influence. While discussing Stop<br />

Motion animation I mentioned the almost true WYSIWYG effect of animating stop motion<br />

and how beneficial this is as opposed to 3D animation, where lighting effects and motion<br />

blur for example are only visible after the rendering process. The 3D animator works with<br />

the visuals in a raw state – à l'état brut 18 – that can offer an indication of texture and<br />

color but misses complex lighting, motion blur and so forth. Hence, the pose created by<br />

the animator can differ a lot from the final rendered result. This difference in pose and<br />

motion must be in the back of the mind of the 3D animator. He must remember that<br />

motion blur will likely „smoosh out‟ his animations making it less staccato 19 and more<br />

legato 20 . Also the layered ambient occlusion, lighting and shadow effects can make<br />

touches (between characters and objects) pop out more than in the preview which was<br />

how the animator saw it while creating it. Within the production of the mostly physical<br />

action based animated short Mac „n‟ Cheese we were downplaying many of the actions<br />

because they would feel too fast or hard while previewing, though they seemed too slow<br />

and legato when rendered. On the other hand high contrast areas often felt exaggerated,<br />

making it look faster and harder compared with the preview. Hence some parts ended up<br />

feeling harder and faster as opposed to others that felt smoothed out and slower. This<br />

ended up needing us to adjust the animation afterwards and re-render those shots based<br />

on the renders without direct feedback. The animator learns over time how motion blur<br />

and the additional effect adjust the overall motion of the shot somewhat guiding him to<br />

some extent when to overplay or downplay the movement. This is similar to theater on<br />

stage, where the actor is schooled on how to act out the emotions efficiently for everyone<br />

to see. The actor learns when to overplay his emotions to make it visible to the audience<br />

in a clear way, the same as how the animator should learn when to choose for a faster<br />

motion instead of a smoother motion. Nevertheless the animator is still „guessing‟ instead<br />

of being in direct control with direct feedback. For now there‟s still no way to let the<br />

animator easily check out his animation in a more rendered state, but in-between render<br />

tests can show most of the difference already and is thus an important aspect of being in<br />

control. Currently development in 3D software is constantly adding support for more<br />

18<br />

à l'état brut is French for in raw state. The sentence here is emphasized to refer to its raw state later in this<br />

paper.<br />

19<br />

Staccato is Italian for “detached” and the word is used in musical compositions for a performance<br />

characterized by notes that are abruptly disconnected.<br />

20<br />

Legato, like staccato, is a kind of articulation and is Italian for “tied together” and used in musical<br />

composition as opposite of staccato: smooth and connected; without breaks between the successive tones.<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

8<br />

5


elegance – higher quality visuals and rendering effects – in the viewport that thus can be<br />

previewed for testing the animation, though its considerable speed difference (a lot<br />

slower) and reliability (crashes) makes it a doubtable option. And often it‟ll need a certain<br />

workflow, as layers will still not be shown in the way it‟ll be layered in proprietary<br />

compositing software, if it will even show the separate layers layered in the viewport.<br />

Even though computer speeds and the supported preview shaders are increasing fast,<br />

we‟re also increasing the amount and complexity of the rendered effects. So for some<br />

time to come the preview - à l'état brut - and final render are likely to differ for quite<br />

some amount thus render tests can and should be part of the process. Especially when<br />

working with a style that looks completely different when rendered compared with the<br />

preview. A regular interval for previewing a more final version allows for a more regular<br />

level of feedback and measurable amount of control for the animator. Even more, having<br />

such constant level of clear guidance for the shot provides the user with a clear goal,<br />

even if it is only on a daily basis or so, like with dailies.<br />

Another problem with the 3D software and its WYSIWYG missing features is the<br />

animation playback. Within Autodesk Maya the playback often isn‟t exactly the amount of<br />

frames per second you‟ve set up. The complexity of the scene can introduce slow-downs<br />

and hiccups in the playback, even in relatively light scenes a playblast (preview of the<br />

animation) can look different from playback within the software. Therefore to accurately<br />

check timing and motion it‟s needed to create such a playblast, or even a preview render.<br />

This comes down to exporting a video and opening it with a video player that can play<br />

the exported file format, so there‟s no way to accurately and quickly check out the<br />

motion within the software itself. Exporting to preview it elsewhere is useful for reviewing<br />

purposes with the team, but is a tremendous slow-down when you constantly have to<br />

check your own small tweaks and adjustments. There‟s much room for improvement<br />

within this process of character handling and checking the animation. Quickly caching the<br />

playback in Maya and scrubbing through it back and forth in real-time allows for much<br />

less software switching and a more direct – and possibly comfortable – work<br />

environment. Furthermore, quickly being able to draw over it to check arcs or motions<br />

will really help being able to track the arcs, but even more test out different arcs on top<br />

of the animation as well. Because 3D animation consists of positional data in a 3D space<br />

you can also show such arcs in the software automatically, as the positional data is<br />

already present. This provides an accurate and instant feedback on the arcs and can<br />

prove to be very useful, but an automated system can have its downsides as well.<br />

One advantage of digital technology is that it removes physical constraints. While<br />

this is truly liberating in terms of creativity it is also a source of potential error,<br />

especially if the scope and impact of the technology is not fully understood.[…] a<br />

solid understanding of how to guide technology to produce the desired creative<br />

outcome – a problem sometimes referred to as maintaining creative intent.<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

8<br />

6


(Autodesk Whitepaper – The New Art of Virtual Moviemaking, autodesk.com,<br />

2009, p. 2)<br />

If the animator doesn‟t know what he actually wants to do with the arc, the feedback<br />

from the computer can be utterly useless. Whereas actually drawing an arc over the<br />

character allows the animator to test and experiment with the actual arc itself. 3D<br />

Animators therefore sometimes still use dry-erase markers to draw over the screen and<br />

track the arcs of the character‟s motion by themselves. Allowing such an arc tracking in<br />

the software itself by actually drawing the arcs in a 2D fashion can thus be an<br />

improvement over an automated system as it brings a level of control and creativity back<br />

in these parts. This brings us to the point that automation can help the animator, but<br />

only when it helps creating his own creative ideas instead of letting the computer create<br />

the ideas for him. As mentioned before the system should be a tool to create what the<br />

animator wants or needs instead of letting it magically try to create something on its<br />

own. The animator should always be in direct control. This directness should be managed<br />

and maintained throughout the process as much as possible, because there‟s already a<br />

lack of physical visual direct touch - no physical space touching, yet – and the missing of<br />

a WYSIWYG environment that introduces similar downsides. Any improvements that can<br />

be made on this end - and all the others discussed introducing better efficiency,<br />

productivity and flow – should be top priority for developing towards a flow-enhancing<br />

and intuitivity, productivity and efficiency increasing customized toolset.<br />

3. The 3D Animation Workflow<br />

8<br />

7


4. Developing a toolset<br />

The reasons for creating a toolset have been well discussed. Through the chapters I‟ve<br />

found great inspiration and motivation for creating tool concepts and the toolset itself.<br />

Even more, the discussions gave sight on the room for improvement, what would be<br />

effective as improvement and how we should approach such a thing. We‟ve seen<br />

differences and similarities between the workflows in different animation fields. For<br />

example, it is now pretty clear that animators in student projects and smaller studios –<br />

like with the production of Mac „n‟ Cheese – aren‟t only animators. They often deal with<br />

more than just posing the character and creating the movement, but have much more<br />

influence on the whole project and often have a handful of tasks to complete aside of<br />

animating. Before elaborating on ideas and work towards them on basis of the previous<br />

chapter I‟ll first extract guidelines – or blueprints - for tool development on basis of the<br />

findings.<br />

4.1 What makes for an intuitive tool?<br />

The intuitiveness, speed and overall efficiency of a tool are top priorities for designing<br />

and creating tools that animators actually want to use and really help them to get to the<br />

next level and endure more flow while at it. Obviously the user must know where to click<br />

and should know what everything does; most preferably this must be at first eye-sight.<br />

It‟s also important that once clicked it does what it needs to do, and works in a way that<br />

is convenient or at least as convenient as possible. Where the tools usability is<br />

measurable by the extent of how more convenient it is compared to how it was without<br />

the tool existing. This difference is noticeable by the increased speed, quality and<br />

increased direct control. As you can see it‟s a circle that should make sense.<br />

Though, besides these the layout or setup of a tool isn‟t just that logical. There‟s<br />

often a lot of different ways to tackle the same thing 21 . Because what I‟ll be providing are<br />

concepts and a customized toolset for Autodesk Maya it should work like the basic way<br />

Autodesk Maya provides the user with as means of interaction. This is because the user<br />

is already accustomed with that and should feel at home when opening up the toolset the<br />

first time and every time after that. It can introduce new tools, but these tools should be<br />

build up or work (for the user) in the same way as the other tools in the Autodesk Maya<br />

environment.<br />

Feeling intuitive also has to do with the focus you‟re able to have and how your mind<br />

is able to cope with that. I had already discussed the fact that the brain can only work<br />

21 The differences in 3D animation software like Autodesk 3ds Max, Autodesk Maya and Autodesk Softimage<br />

are a good example.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

8<br />

8


with a limited amount of information at the same time. It is extremely important to relax<br />

the mind from the tremendous amounts of information and data that goes through the<br />

mind of 3D animators, especially those in smaller productions who have a bigger part in<br />

overall production and deal with more than just one task – sometimes even<br />

simultaneously. I‟ve also discussed the need for silence (for some animators) and the<br />

need for overall rest and „peace‟ in the mind that every animator seems to be seeking.<br />

We all want and should work our way around any interference.<br />

An intuitive tool should not interfere or preferably even release any interference<br />

where possible. Let‟s discuss the different forms of interference, in short:<br />

- External<br />

- Internal<br />

o Distractions (irrelevant stimuli)<br />

o Interruptions (multi-tasking)<br />

o Intrusions (mind wandering)<br />

o Diversions (multi-tasking)<br />

(Gazzaley, 2011)<br />

The first external interference, called distractions, is irrelevant stimuli that could be<br />

coming from visuals or noise you‟re literally distracted by and are introduced to your<br />

awareness without your own intend and is thus out of your own capabilities. Like an<br />

animating animator being distracted by the ringing of a phone. The other external<br />

interference, interruptions, is when you think you can do multiple things at a time. Like<br />

when you‟re animating while team members are talking to each other and you‟re trying<br />

to follow their conversation while you keep on animating. A human being can‟t actually<br />

do two of such complex tasks at the same time, you would need to constantly switch<br />

focus from one onto the other and back to be able to work with both. This introduces<br />

impact on task performance as well as a time delay because of the constant switching.<br />

(Gazzaley, 2011) The same can happen with listening to music while animating, like<br />

we‟ve seen throughout the chapters. We‟re speaking of intrusion – an internal<br />

interference - when the mind starts to wander off breaking any focus against our will. It‟s<br />

traveling to places we did not intend it to do. The other internal interference can also be<br />

described as multi-tasking, while animating you might be thinking about what you‟ll have<br />

for dinner tonight and you‟re already allowing yourself to let your focus drift away. A<br />

well-known problem we‟ve already discussed before is social media, for example<br />

facebook or twitter, but also e-mail or text messages could introduce such interference.<br />

Some people are in contact with up to 6 media at any given time. (Gazzaley, 2011)<br />

We‟ve seen with Percy Tienhooven in the previous chapter how he personally initiated a<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

8<br />

9


more focused workflow by blocking certain media while at work and thus removing much<br />

of the interference. This really is a personal thing and might seem irrelevant to tool<br />

building, but the distinction isn‟t that big. I‟ve already mentioned that any notations and<br />

reminders should also not constantly be in sight of the animator and interfere with its<br />

flow, this comes down to the same principles. Even more, a bright pink layout constantly<br />

on screen is distracting as well. Therefore, when building a tool it‟s very important to<br />

keep away from distracting things that break the user‟s focus from the task at hand.<br />

The constant access to communications, computers and such social data has changed<br />

much social expectations. We expect immediate responsiveness and continuous<br />

productivity. (Gazzaley, 2011) But this is not how animation works, or any complex task<br />

for that matter, because we need time to focus and get ourselves into the task at hand<br />

before we can fully become creatively productive. As Percy also learned to not interfere<br />

with team members‟ flow this is an interesting learning point for a tool that has intuitivity<br />

- even flow-enhancement - as its core. Occasionally I already mentioned the idea of a<br />

review system. When comments are added it should not immediately notify the animator<br />

(unless the animator is waiting for it.) Because such a notification can really introduce<br />

interference, and will break any possible flow that the animator might be currently<br />

undergoing. Looking for information or the usage of such reminders should be used at<br />

only the times the user chooses to do so. Though, possibly it could be presented at a<br />

regular interval (like dailies) as it will be scheduled and will make sure the animator is<br />

waiting for it and it doesn‟t interfere as an unscheduled interruption.<br />

For an intuitive toolset, as said, it‟s important that it does what the user thinks it‟ll do.<br />

But if we go even further with that, what we actually want to give the user is the ability<br />

to adjust something and know how it‟ll end up. It‟s not necessarily WYSIWYG, but even<br />

more it is common sense that something is not useful if you don‟t know how to use it or<br />

can‟t wrap your head around. Therefore it is important to – if tools of such complexity<br />

would be created – that the user can learn how to use it easily. A “read-me” can be a<br />

starting point, but thorough documentation is a good idea in general. Even more,<br />

annotations -where possible - corresponding to buttons should be clear and simple to<br />

understand. This also helps to make the animator feel more comfortable as he works in a<br />

more understandable and recognizable environment, thus an interface that doesn‟t „bite‟.<br />

Animation is teamwork. So, an intuitive toolset created for animators could heavily<br />

support this point. Any toolset that would help something in the pipeline (where multiple<br />

people might be working on) should be easily accessible at all times - preferably at the<br />

same time. Even more, it should be clear who made the changes (if needed) and the<br />

distinction should appear at first eye-sight. Again speed and simplicity are very important<br />

in this.<br />

Another significant point is that if there‟s a lot of data to be managed or even a lot of<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

9<br />

0


information to be (possibly) present within the use of a tool, the user must be able to<br />

search through or filter out easily the information he actually needs. A good focus can<br />

only be held on a limited amount of data, therefore if the animator could easily limit the<br />

amount of data or find the things he need in large amounts of data the overall benefit<br />

would be great. It is also very important that no matter what the amount of information<br />

or data is it should be clear and give the precise information the animator actually needs.<br />

Data that is unnecessary for the animator, or even data that could make something look<br />

hard or introduce unnecessary worries with the animator should be hidden from the<br />

animator. The animator should not need to care about the technical stuff under the hood,<br />

but should be impressed and happy with the overall result of a tool or function while<br />

feeling and staying in control.<br />

It‟s very important that an intuitive tool is direct and fast, if the user wants to change<br />

something he must be able to do it quickly, especially when he‟s experimenting and<br />

testing ideas the quick checking of his tests is a must, as he can create more tests in a<br />

short amount of time he‟s more likely to do some more experimenting. He‟ll come to<br />

better creative ideas if he takes the time and thinks it through. We‟ve seen it in the<br />

second chapter: „You can‟t just wing it.‟ Therefore it is very important that the tool is as<br />

simple and direct towards the user, and vice versa, as possible.<br />

“If the repositories of thought are already full, what can they receive?” Samuel<br />

Johnson (1759) That is a good question. It seems that the mind can easily be disrupted<br />

or held back by complexity. Therefore simplicity is a key principle for all of the mentioned<br />

things in this paragraph. Focus on simplicity. And I feel like I‟m coming down to the same<br />

principles constantly, because everything is so related to each other. At first it should be<br />

fast and almost direct in use. Direct in use also means being in control, thus knowing<br />

what it does. This is connected to WYSIWYG, which is part of user-friendliness. We‟ve<br />

learned throughout that for animators – and probably for everyone – simplicity is the<br />

highest priority. If it can be simpler, make it simpler. Again, it doesn‟t end there. If<br />

something could be done faster, it‟s probably simpler. If something is easier to<br />

understand or to use, it‟s probably faster and simpler. So it‟s hard to derive a strict list of<br />

notations from this, because everything is related and can arguably influence one<br />

another. But for the sake of this research, knowing what we‟ve dealt with now<br />

throughout this paragraph should be enough to help and guide us towards creating an<br />

intuitive tool based on the animator‟s needs.<br />

4.2 Guidelines for developing flow-enhancing (animation) tools.<br />

Since the creating and designing of tools that enhance and raise the possibilities and<br />

capabilities of flow are greatly based on the level of intuitivity for the user the previous<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

9<br />

1


paragraph is a great introduction to guidelines for flow-enhancing animation tools. Also<br />

all the findings from the previous chapters in addition to these help us come down to a<br />

couple of key points for creating such tools for animators.<br />

Animators are constantly trying to work in a comfortable and familiar way. 3D<br />

animators are often comfortable with a tool when it has a design structure similar to the<br />

proprietary software or creates a result that they expect as the outcome, thus the<br />

interaction becomes useful. For animators to feel comfortable with any additional tool or<br />

enhancement the changes should be made aware to the animator, but even more look<br />

and work as if they are an actual part of the program. A customization that adds new<br />

techniques or technology should provide a – as close as possible - recognizable pattern in<br />

the interaction and structure of the interface, but when impossible to do so – like when<br />

the tools idea is to create a new form of interaction – it is important to keep it simple and<br />

document and guide the animator along the path that is at first rather unfamiliar. Feeling<br />

comfortable and in control is really important. This also accounts for the following point.<br />

Something that is rather similar, but doesn‟t necessarily come from being familiar<br />

with a software interface, is the need for an instinctive usage design. Especially when<br />

introducing new techniques creating something that works in a way we can simply wrap<br />

our head around the essential interactions is an important starting point. We‟ve seen that<br />

switching from paper to a Wacom Cintiq can work for animators that have felt<br />

comfortably drawing on paper before that. This is possible because the design is created<br />

to highly mimic the traditional feeling and thus works in a way we‟re all instinctively<br />

familiar with. Everyone has learned to draw.<br />

The user of a tool should feel in direct control. The user should be doing something<br />

with the aid of the tool instead of letting it do something where he has no or limited<br />

control over. For direct control it is important for a tool to allow for such control, but also<br />

be simple so the animator will know what it does when he does something with it. Also, it<br />

should be fast to use by the animator. For the holding of flow it‟s important that the tool<br />

should align with the task, help him out and helps keeping focus on the task. This will get<br />

interrupted if the animator has to think about setting up a tool or think about the usage<br />

of the tool, it will break any focus and creative flow.<br />

For extremely complex techniques or adjustments it should automate the process of<br />

its functionality under the hood as much as possible. Control to the user must be given<br />

only to the parts where it‟s necessary. Hundreds of optional buttons to click can be a<br />

tedious way for the animator to work his way through, especially unnecessary if the tool<br />

was going to provide help with just one simple thing. The tool should provide an<br />

improvement instead of just combining things in the animator‟s workflow by creating<br />

numerous buttons that might be able to do it. Therefore it should be noticed that what it<br />

provides actually speeds up the process and give him the control the animator is asking<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

9<br />

2


for. Sometimes it is necessary to allow for optional control, especially if the tool at hand<br />

can provide numerous speed-ups that really should work combined in one tool. If that‟s<br />

so it is important that the default actions/presets of a tool work in a way the animator<br />

most likely intended it to work. Thus, unnecessary control should be hidden and the<br />

others should be easily manageable and quick to use.<br />

A tool that helps with keeping flow should work fast, give direct and clear feedback. It<br />

sounds logical that the animator would want a tool that‟s fast in response, but as we‟ve<br />

already seen in previous guidelines speed decline can come from many parts some<br />

might‟ve not originally thought of. The fast response is needed when the user does<br />

something or better if he tries to do something and wants feedback on what‟s happened<br />

or will be going to happen. A faster response and clear feedback really helps with a more<br />

direct control as well.<br />

We‟ve seen that animators were only likely to switch to a new tool or start using it<br />

when it introduced an innovative technology that introduces a big speed, a completely<br />

new technique or an increase in creative – or fresh - sight on the focused matter. An<br />

instant speed-up can only be introduced if the animator can find his way through the use<br />

of a tool and feels comfortable while using it, for this it should have a recognizable design<br />

and introduce all buttons and functions in a clear and simple matter. Anything that<br />

introduces a new technique far different from the ways of working the animator is<br />

accustomed to it is best to introduce new possibilities that wouldn‟t have been possible<br />

without the usage of the tool. If a tool works in a way that is hard to be understood at<br />

first eyesight there should be a clear easy-to-use starting guide for first time usage.<br />

For creative flow it‟s necessary to have focus on the task at hand and nothing<br />

surrounding it. The tool should allow and even help with raising focus and the removal of<br />

distractions. For this it should not interfere with what the animator is doing and when the<br />

animator is using the tool it should not be to obviously present. Bright contrasting colors<br />

should be avoided, the same accounts for pop-ups and irrelevant information. Also it<br />

should – if even necessary – use the smallest amount of screen space possible for the<br />

tool and its information, keeping in mind the clarity of its functions and provided data.<br />

If the tool works with much data and some of it should be managed by the user or<br />

overseen by the user it should be limited to just the essential information, even more it<br />

should be given to the user in a way that‟s easy to understand and direct to pick up at<br />

first eye-sight. Reading over irrelevant information and clicking through a list of data to<br />

get to the right one should not be necessary. The tool must be able to present data in a<br />

direct, fast and simple way and in such a way the animator needs it and asks for it. The<br />

simplest example of this is the filtering in a database, but it‟s also really important to let<br />

the animator work with many keys in Maya, but these should always be presented in a<br />

way that is comfortable and easily overseen by the animator.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

9<br />

3


It‟s important that whatever a tool does its useful outcome should always be<br />

measurable almost instantly. The user should come closer to his goal within a shorter<br />

amount of time, with more certainty and/or should not feel unhappy or discomfort with<br />

the tool and its functionality. Therefore it must work as a means to build and progress<br />

towards his goal in clear and unambiguous ways. The animator should be able to choose<br />

when to use a tool, based on his own judgment of its usefulness. This all comes from a<br />

noticeable increase in speed, efficiency and simplicity. Which thrive the user towards<br />

more productivity, creativity and the achieving and holding of creative flow. In short, the<br />

animator should feel the measurable progression with the tool and thus have instant<br />

gratification. Deferred or delayed gratification is also a means towards such measurability<br />

as well. It means that the user is able to wait to obtain what he wants – like when he<br />

knows he‟ll get what he wants but later on. Most important within this all is that the<br />

animator will know what the tool will do when he does something, even if it takes a time<br />

before he‟ll be able to notice or see it. Therefore its functionality should be clear and<br />

direct, even if a direct result (as in instant) is missing.<br />

For an animator (or anyone at all) it is good practice to have a clean and organized<br />

pipeline overall. This simplicity creates for an easier and clearer sight on progress of the<br />

task at hand (or even the whole pipeline) and makes for better and clearer goals as a<br />

result. With good organization and simplicity in the start you can work within strict limits<br />

and set clear goals, which helps to focus the creativity to only the necessities and the<br />

clear easy to read goals make for ones that are easier to check up against and work<br />

towards, hence more focus. In an overall workflow it‟s important to have such<br />

organization, but this accounts for the user‟s tools as well. Any tool should provide a<br />

clean and simple form of interaction that creates similar oversight at the task at hand,<br />

gaining focus. Since 3D has its own layers of complexity it is even more important to<br />

keep to this simplicity as best as possible. But to help simplifying, restructuring and<br />

organizing to its simplicity when things start becoming complex, if possible, can create an<br />

ever better consistent clarity and focus and should – if it could – be part of the tools<br />

functionality. Thus, anything that relates with working towards and creating a better<br />

clean organization should be amongst the goals when designing tools.<br />

Helping an animator to customize his work environment can help him feel more<br />

comfortable but organized and clean as well. A tool that allows functionality that will be<br />

used throughout production (thus more than once) should be customizable and should<br />

allow for personal adjustments to its interface. At best functionality should be able to<br />

become transferred and set for shortcuts and custom button. Furthermore being able to<br />

rearrange big parts of the tool (like blocks) should be important when the tool provides a<br />

great functionality or even multiple functionalities.<br />

There‟ve been many guidelines and the one resemblance between it all that seems to<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

9<br />

4


pop out is simplicity. For every task and function it should be purely focused on<br />

simplicity. Once we start feeling comfortable and familiar, we‟ll say that it‟s simple. If it‟s<br />

fast and direct in usage, it‟s simple. If it helps keeping focus, removing distractions and<br />

complexity it‟s coming towards simplicity again. Many of the guidelines mentioned need<br />

simplicity in its core and its results. Therefore it is important to mention simplicity by<br />

itself. If it can be brought down, limited where possible, only controllable where<br />

necessary and organized from beginning to end it helps the animator to keep it simpler.<br />

Once things start becoming simple we can wrap our head around it, plan things out<br />

easier and start working with it intuitively and creatively, and even more can try to<br />

experiment with its possibilities in shorter amounts of time. Hence, increasing efficiency,<br />

productivity and flow.<br />

In final it comes down to the following rules:<br />

- Familiar interface.<br />

- Instinctive usage design.<br />

- Direct touch / direct control.<br />

- Automate the process wherever control is unnecessary; user must feel to be in<br />

total control, but don‟t have to worry about what‟s going on under the hood.<br />

- If much optional control should be possible default settings and presets that make<br />

a tool work should be set to how the user would‟ve most likely intended to use the<br />

tool.<br />

- Fast in response.<br />

- Introduce innovative way that introduces big speed-up and/or new technique.<br />

- Raise focus and remove distractions: release stress from the mind.<br />

- If data management is a must, make it as small and simple as possible.<br />

- Instant or deferred gratification.<br />

- Possibility for customization. (as in paragraph 3.3)<br />

- Clean-up and organization.<br />

- Simplicity.<br />

4.3 The needs for improvement.<br />

Since I‟ve brought quite a lot of different things to the table on animation, there‟s<br />

quite a lot I could simply go in on and discuss. But rather first let‟s get down to<br />

subdividing the things the animator actually does. We can divide character (and props)<br />

handling and management into parts. We can subdivide the 3D character posing into<br />

selection of parts of the character, posing of the character, maintenance of the<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

9<br />

5


keys/timing, checking of the animation, reviewing poses on parts, and new possibilities.<br />

Even more there is the logging, reviewing, supervision afterwards and in-between.<br />

Before this all there‟s the getting inspiration, sketching, using reference and so on.<br />

- Preplanning (Getting inspiration / Creating ideas and references)<br />

o Video reference / Performance Capture Reference<br />

o Quick thumbnail sketches<br />

o Character pose drawings<br />

o Motion testing / timing testing<br />

o Character Sheet<br />

o Brainstorm session / notes from director<br />

o Storyboard / Reel / Line-test<br />

- Character posing<br />

o Selecting parts of the character<br />

o Moving the actual character<br />

� Pose creation<br />

� Tweaking<br />

o Managing keys and data<br />

� Managing timing<br />

� Managing arcs/curves<br />

o Reviewing poses and motion<br />

- Notations and logging<br />

o Animation dailies<br />

o Supervision<br />

o Tracking shot status<br />

o Reminders and notations<br />

As noted in the chapters before, there‟s a strict workflow in big studios where the<br />

layout artist essentially lays out the scene and defines the scene setup before the<br />

animator touches the scene. The animator is released from most of the technical stuff<br />

(besides adjusting the character and props) and any of the data wrangling involved in a<br />

production. The animator in such production most often does only the animating (posing<br />

the character) based off a strict storyboard, a good layout and often under the sight of<br />

an animation supervisor. The benefits are pure focus on the act of animating (no<br />

productional disturbances or data management), direct and clear guidance and clear<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

9<br />

6


goals (based off of storyboard and the words of the supervisor) giving more flow in his<br />

general workflow. In smaller studios and in school productions this is lacking, because of<br />

the limited amount of people to which these different parts of production can be divided.<br />

Because I‟m most known with smaller productions – in small studios and school<br />

projects – I‟ll focus rest of this discussion on the needs for improvement in such<br />

productions. Therefore, the discussed improvements in this paragraph are defined<br />

towards such smaller studios and productions – like Mac „n‟ Cheese – as a basis.<br />

Nevertheless they are often applicable to almost the same extent for all animators in 3D<br />

animation productions.<br />

4.3.1 Improvements on preplanning.<br />

The animators preplanning stage requires him to get inspirations and work out ideas<br />

to test and discuss. I‟ve discussed video reference as well as motion capture as<br />

reference. Good reference can really help finding ideas for the shot and the character. It<br />

can provide small subtleties and finesse that the animator could‟ve hardly come up with<br />

by just thinking. Although a one on one copy of the movement can make for a lesser<br />

quality animation, because of the uncanny valley effect. The reference should not be<br />

used for mere rotoscopy, but used for finding ideas, inspiration and small additions and<br />

use that to create an exaggeration of the found essence. The current technology allows<br />

us to quickly capture video reference and check it frame-by-frame quickly as well. Since<br />

it‟s not necessary to directly adjust or tweak the reference footage it‟s better to improve<br />

on tools that help creating the ideas and use the acquired inspiration from the reference.<br />

Such tools are tools for sketching, brainstorming and any tool that speeds up the testing<br />

and tweaking of ideas the animator has in its mind. We‟ve seen that creating sketches to<br />

test the idea of a pose quickly is being done within all fields of animation. Though, the<br />

quick thumbnail sketches and character pose drawings of 3D animators are often still<br />

done on paper. But, doing this in the 3D environment could be a joy and really efficient<br />

benefit as well – especially with a Wacom Cintiq. You could draw over the character, or<br />

turn his visibility off and try motion out as an overlay on top of the scene‟s layout.<br />

Drawing on top of a background and at the same time have these sketches end up in the<br />

scene also makes for less data management (less paper notes) and the ideas and tests<br />

will likely work better because they are in the scene layout. For this to happen in 3D<br />

software there‟s a need for a system that allows drawing in the viewport, preferably in<br />

layers on top of the viewport, which can be turned on and off for the animator‟s needs. It<br />

should be possible to choose different colors, brush sizes and anything that could make<br />

the animator feel more comfortable and give him the ability to create clear small<br />

sketches. You could already capture the scene layout (print screen), put it into<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

9<br />

7


photoshop, draw ideas on top of it and somehow use this as reference image in 3D<br />

software. Though, the extra unnecessary steps and complexity of the setup should be<br />

avoided. Even more, doing it within the software itself makes it possible to paint ideas on<br />

a couple of different frames with camera movement as well.<br />

The possibility of sketching like that in a digital environment that supports a timeline<br />

– like Autodesk Maya - can make motion testing easier too. Cameron Fielding, currently<br />

animator at PDI/Dreamworks, did something like this and called it „draw your timing.‟<br />

(Fielding, 2011, fliponline.blogspot.com) He would draw in a program that made it<br />

possible to capture his „drawing‟ while it played, leaving a trailing line on each frame. He<br />

mentioned how it helped him with testing timing and finding ideas; helping him getting to<br />

better lines of action and the creation of better arcs. This increase in speed and efficiency<br />

in testing out and finding these timing and action can be really beneficial. Especially if<br />

this system would work on top of the viewport and could easily be used as clear direct<br />

reference at any chosen moment. This simple sketching is very important and introducing<br />

this so close into the software makes it easier for animator to quickly switch to it and<br />

scribble a sketch. The efficiency and intuitivity will increase while creating ideas and<br />

formulating clear goals. Hence, flow will be enhanced.<br />

Also the usage of a character sheet has proven to be very useful in all animation<br />

fields when in preplanning stage, but it is often lacking in smaller studios production.<br />

Since I‟ve already mentioned its benefits of keeping this „next to you‟ and separate from<br />

the digital workspace all I can hint to is to create such a sheet, with the model in size<br />

relevance the other characters, his most important poses and write notes besides parts<br />

that require extra notations for the animator. This is not necessarily an improvement in<br />

digital space or as a toolset, but it‟s a reminder for production pipelines and animators‟<br />

workflows to have such a sheet besides them. It will increase productivity, creativity and<br />

even help reaching flow. It is possible to stack this in the 3D Computer Environment (on-<br />

screen.) But I feel that handing over a character sheet on paper can provide more<br />

assistance to the animator. Constantly being remembered by seeing it on screen can<br />

remove the possibility of fresh thinking. The animator would miss strong „out-of-the-box‟<br />

approaches for a shot, because of the interference. An animator should not feel totally<br />

limited and feel lacking of freedom as this interferes with one‟s creative ideas or even<br />

one‟s passion. Again, interfering breaks flow. Though, before – in chapter 2 - I said that<br />

a character sheet could deliver inspiration towards even better poses which is exactly the<br />

opposite. I believe this difference comes from the separation of the workspace. As the<br />

animator chooses to check the character and see these „living‟ poses is a totally different<br />

form of seeing the character than being interrupted by it while working, constantly<br />

interfering with the process of thought. This is not to say it can‟t work on the computer.<br />

I‟m just saying that if it is, it should be somewhere the animator needs to click to open it<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

9<br />

8


up and shut it down instead of a constantly opened visual on (one of) the screens.<br />

Working from director‟s guidance and the guidance from a storyboard and line-test<br />

can really quickly (in a good way) limit the animator‟s ideas onto those that are actually<br />

required for the shot, creating a better focus. Such guidance would come from already<br />

produced material and thus is not part of any toolset that will be developed. Though, the<br />

pipeline could be smoothed out to deliver shots and data corresponding to the shot<br />

easier, removing any file searching and data wrangling at this point. Within Pixar the<br />

animator would be given such information and data by someone, but with Mac „n‟ Cheese<br />

the animator had to get most files himself, open it and discuss it with the team. Since the<br />

time to find a file corresponds with the complexity of the pipeline and how difficult or<br />

complex the file structure and management is built, a toolset by itself can‟t introduce any<br />

significant change. But, because animators - in smaller productions – are often involved<br />

with these tasks as well I‟ll try and produce an example pipeline with a documented tool<br />

that could provide significant release of the stresses, which I‟ll discuss within concepts for<br />

notations and logging.<br />

4.3.2 Improvements for character handling.<br />

The selection is currently based on selecting controllers in the viewport – currently it<br />

is the most intuitive way available – where the controllers are placed around the limbs of<br />

the character. A downside of this is that sometimes (based on the pose) some controllers<br />

might be obscured by the actual limbs of the character or other controllers in front of<br />

them might make selecting harder. For example selecting multiple controllers for all the<br />

fingers is done by doing a marquee select over this controllers, but you‟ll need to make<br />

sure to not select other controls that might be behind or somewhere near that can get<br />

caught up in the selection, because you‟ll have to deselect them afterwards. Especially<br />

with the coming of more complex rigs and higher amount of controls this takes a lot of<br />

(unneccesary) time and a lot of checking and clicking which is also prone to human error.<br />

A system that would provide consistent selection and the creation of adjustable quick<br />

selection sets (for when the animator focuses on a part of the character) could provide a<br />

significant change. Through the years systems have been developed that run in the<br />

viewport or somewhere aside in a menu. These menus are often cluttered, big and lacked<br />

many features. By designing such an interface based on the guidelines we can improve<br />

the concepts of character selection towards more intuitivity and flow based on the<br />

animator‟s actual needs.<br />

The actual positioning of a character is done by translating and/or rotating the<br />

different body parts‟ controllers. This comes close to the moving of a real-life puppet<br />

(except you‟re doing it with the mouse on screen) or the positioning of digital cut-out.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

9<br />

9


But this direct touch could be simplified even more. A simple what if: “What if you would<br />

draw a line, and the arm would position accordingly?” This question has been keeping me<br />

busy quite some time and can show an interesting intuitive way of posing a character.<br />

I‟ve also discussed the charts that 2D animators make for their assistants; creating such<br />

charts makes the animator think and focus on spacing and timing. If the animator could<br />

draw a 2D chart - 2D thinking is simpler than 3D thinking – focusing on this time and<br />

spacing and can make the rig position accordingly it would be this same relationship. The<br />

computer will be the assistant and the animator will be in control while planning things<br />

better and focusing more as he works on parts of the character. This charting is meant<br />

for spacing and timing, but if we go on with this concept and create a system for posing<br />

by drawing a curve for parts of the character – like the arm, spine or even the fingers -<br />

we introduce a new intuitive (based on instinct from drawing) way of posing the<br />

character. The animator would draw a 2D curve on top of the viewport and the arm could<br />

be repositioned accordingly. A downside with this is that this 2D approach does not allow<br />

for instantly posing in 3D (as it is 2D), but this instantly has the benefit of simplicity as<br />

well. Making such a system work on the actual controllers allows the animator to tweak it<br />

afterwards in any original way he‟s comfortable with, but the tool does allow him to<br />

quickly test - even sketch - any ideas for poses. It‟ll introduce a new possible technique<br />

for posing, but even more a possibly huge speed up while at it as well.<br />

Adjusting the arcs and curves can be done from within the graph editor easily. You<br />

select the keys you need and then press the button for your required curve‟s tangents.<br />

But this is not possible within the timeline, and thus impossible without the use of the<br />

graph editor. Even more, selecting the keys first should be unnecessary if whatever you<br />

want to do is adjust all keys (on selected objects) at the current time (or a time range),<br />

because then an indication of the selected time range should be enough. Even more,<br />

setting the default in and out tangent in Autodesk Maya can be a tedious task as it<br />

requires you to go into the options menu and set it accordingly. Often you‟re switching<br />

default curve tangents a lot in the process and setting (and easily being able to the see)<br />

the default curve tangents could really help with this process.<br />

Another enhancement could be in the tracking of the arcs. The user should be able to<br />

click a single button and then click somewhere on the character as a point which he<br />

wants to track (not necessarily a pivot point) as if he chose to draw with it on every<br />

frame. I‟ve already discussed the usefulness of actually drawing arcs over it yourself, but<br />

keeping track of the arcs while you adjust is can really help as well as you have direct<br />

feedback on your changes and the changes that occur to the arcs by it. Allowing the user<br />

to change the arc itself to adjust the motion (instead of the object) gives you an even<br />

more direct approach to the managing of the arcs and tweaking it, and this is already in<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0


development 22 . Since the tracking and managing of the arcs are an important part of the<br />

character handling this‟ll be in one of the concepts as well.<br />

Another improvement is on managing the keys and data. There‟s still some<br />

functionality towards easier inbetweening and timing adjustments that aren‟t standard in<br />

Maya. Some animators 23 have set shortcuts for moving a key by one frame to the right<br />

or left. Shortcuts can bring a lot of these tricks into the personal workflow, but especially<br />

for starters it can be hard to find their way around and know-how on how to create these<br />

shortcuts. Even more, shortcuts also provide a limited use (often just a single<br />

functionality), and they need to be remembered as well. For managing keys and data I‟ll<br />

also discuss tools that can helps making adjustments to timing faster, especially useful<br />

for tweaking and testing out the timing in your animation. Often you‟ve to see and feel it<br />

to know what is the best timing, spacing and amount of follow through. As such tweaking<br />

and testing can be done simpler the overall investment of time should be a lot lower,<br />

hence increasing efficiency. For the management part simplicity is of utmost importance<br />

as well for keeping focus and goals clear, and thus introducing tools or ways for cleaning<br />

or managing the data in simpler ways are more than welcome and will be discussed<br />

within the concepts as well.<br />

Another quick testing concept could be coming from real-time capture from the<br />

mouse (or even a motion capture suit) to introduce quick ways towards a first pass for<br />

the motion. It could be easily used as a starting point for aiming of the eyes for example.<br />

The character would look where the mouse is while the timeline plays and the eye‟s aim<br />

is being recorded. You might‟ve seen similar things on websites where the eyes of a<br />

character in a flash video are constantly following the mouse. It should be minded that<br />

such a technique could hardly introduce final animation, but could again help with testing<br />

timing, attitude of the character and so forth. Any increase in inspiration and creativity is<br />

a worthy addition.<br />

A big problem while animating is to pivot (rotate) around another point in the scene<br />

instead of the object‟s own pivot point. There are numerous scripts out there that create<br />

complex set-ups so you can key another object to let the controls rotate or move about,<br />

but they are extremely hard to oversee and often can produce problems if you don‟t<br />

know how they work. Introducing a technique that can let you rotate around any point as<br />

well, but instead apply these effects directly to the controls‟ keys makes the extra<br />

overhead go away. Even more, such a system would provide a way to move all keys (or<br />

a chosen amount of keys) with the same transformation. Making it way easier to<br />

reposition the whole animation, especially when the global controller already has its own<br />

22<br />

Since Autodesk Maya 2012 there‟s a feature in the software that allows the user to adjust the arcs of a<br />

motion in the viewport.<br />

23<br />

Animator Aaron Koressel provides a simple yet effective script on his website that creates such functionality.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

0<br />

1


keys this can produce quite the complexity at the moment. I‟ll try to explain the<br />

differences and possible improvements as thoroughly as possible when I‟m going into the<br />

development of the concepts in the following paragraph.<br />

We could also introduce an additional cleaning/tweaking pass to animation. This has<br />

already been tried with anisculpt for Blender or gDeform in Autodesk 3ds Max; both are<br />

plugins to add final tweaks as an extra layer on top of the character by sculpting and<br />

modifying the actual vertices – often applied as some kind of blendshape. Such a tool has<br />

not been produced freely for Autodesk Maya, but designs are on their way 24 . Such a tool<br />

right within the software can introduce a new era in style of the animation. The animator<br />

gets released from thinking technical and thinking about controllers, but instead focuses<br />

on the form and pose of the character. Even more, the complex rigs could possibly stay<br />

simpler as the animator can easily sketch and deform the final tweaks over it afterwards,<br />

instead of trying to achieve this with numerous controls that need to be part of the rig.<br />

Since these introduce major new freedom and techniques for the animator I‟ll discuss<br />

this as one of the concepts and will evolve the idea of it based on the guidelines and data<br />

gathered throughout this thesis. Thus, design such interface on guidelines aimed at flow-<br />

enhancement.<br />

The usage and benefits of a character sheet have been well discussed and a feature<br />

with similar functionality I already tipped earlier in this thesis is the usage of a pose<br />

library. Such a system where an animator can quickly store poses in an organized and<br />

clear manner can improve a significant increase – like the re-use of footage with South<br />

Park (1997, Comedy Central). There are numerous scripts 25 that provide features for<br />

storing poses and reusing this for Autodesk Maya and some that provide an efficient and<br />

organized workflow for this, but I‟ve seen none that have been widely used. Often<br />

custom-made proprietary systems are created on a per-project basis. Since no extremely<br />

popular pose library is already (freely) available (to my knowledge) I‟ll try to define the<br />

core needs for such a tool and how to keep it clean and organized on basis of the defined<br />

guidelines as a concept in the next paragraph.<br />

Another thing found throughout this thesis is the creation of a fresh look on the<br />

animation for the animators to help looking at it in a different way. Sometimes time off<br />

can help, as well as watching animations from others in-between to see where you could<br />

also be going and get inspired. But as discussed there‟re also some direct in-software<br />

possibilities for this. Looking at the silhouette, flat-shading or a proxy version of the<br />

character instead of the default version can help you look at the animation differently.<br />

24 A plugin called Lbrush introduces similar possibilities focused on facial expressions. Though, the developer<br />

has mentioned that more anisculpt similar features planned in the development for future releases.<br />

25 There are many scripts on CreativeCrash (a website that contains many downloadable scripts and plugins for<br />

3D software and such) that provide such functionality and a lot are even designed to be used as pose library as<br />

core functionality.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

0<br />

2


The same accounts for playing the animation backwards, or even back and forth, a<br />

couple of times. Anything that can help you look at the animation differently can help you<br />

find and see things you might‟ve been missing every time before that. Also mirroring the<br />

shot can help as your mind will register it as a different animation you can suddenly look<br />

at it fresh for a moment, again seeing different things. Anything that changes how you<br />

think about the animation or a new way of looking at things can keep the animator from<br />

becoming blind-sighted from the constant viewing of the same thing over and over again.<br />

Even more, looking at the silhouette can help you focus on the actual readability of the<br />

pose and looking at flat shading can help you see color clashing, both helping you with<br />

the shot as well. Important is to note the shift in focus, like how watching the silhouette<br />

helps focusing on the readability of the pose(„s silhouette.) Simple, yet effective. As<br />

mentioned zooming into the shot on just a part of it can help focusing on single body<br />

parts or just a part of the screen space allowing you to focus more and get less<br />

distracted by other things going on in the shot. These all allow the user to quickly look at<br />

„different‟ versions of the animation and thus allow him to get a fresh sight on his current<br />

task. This can help raise focus and gain more control over working towards the final<br />

goal, the final animation.<br />

For previewing the animation with Autodesk Maya you have to create a so called<br />

playblast, which comes down to an export of the viewport of each frame in the chosen<br />

time range. At best the video will automatically open in the video player that‟s associated<br />

with the exported file format. As I had already discussed in the previous chapter this<br />

exporting should be unnecessary. Allowing a cache playback in Maya, to quickly playback<br />

the scene for its timing and motion in real-time should be possible for the animator and<br />

can help creating a much faster and direct workflow. At some times in the process of<br />

animating you might be exporting a playblast almost every five minutes. At moment such<br />

as those it‟s even crucial that being able to check and see the animation quickly and<br />

direct after small tweaks. This combined with instantly being able to draw over it in the<br />

viewport for drawing lines of actions, arcs, notations and so forth on top of it allows for<br />

an even easier and more efficient quick tweaking process.<br />

The exporting to a saved video file format from a playblast should be an optional<br />

choice 26 , like exporting the cache once you like the current version so you can use it for<br />

reviewing purposes with the team or export it for use in the animation dailies. Once<br />

chosen it should provide a system that automatically uses the correct naming<br />

conventions for the pipeline and exports corresponding notes from the animator with it<br />

clearly as well so everyone knows what‟s changed and what the current stage of the<br />

animation is. With the ability of quickly and easily drawing notations and extra<br />

26 Actually saving the export is already optional as playblasting can also be done in the temporary files folder<br />

which can be cleaned up after previewing. But still this lacks a preview option inside the software itself.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

0<br />

3


information on top of the animation in the viewport the animator can quickly choose to<br />

export the version with or without the notations for review, or both. Exporting this<br />

information easily and automatically into a management tools (like a database) allows for<br />

easy and clear supervision, direct comments and notations from the supervisor to the<br />

animator. This creates a better overall organization while staying consistent with file<br />

naming and folder structures throughout the whole production without much need of<br />

(direct and constant) human control.<br />

4.3.3 Improvement for notations and logging.<br />

There‟s no real tool in 3D software that is meant for actual notations and/or comments<br />

for animators. Neither is their standardly one present for managing the pipeline and<br />

production progress. And the need for it to be inside the 3D software is not necessarily<br />

that great, but a tool within or outside of the 3D application that can work well together<br />

with it, like showing comments on the current shot the animator is working on (or even<br />

others) or a checklist in general and reminders from the animator himself within the<br />

pipeline is a great improvement for the amount of data the mind constantly has to<br />

process. We‟ve seen that checklists and reminder post-its can solve a lot of this already,<br />

but with the coming of a bigger „culture‟ where animators aren‟t necessarily at a single<br />

production location with the rest of the team a system that can work globally (online)<br />

could introduce way more benefits besides this. The most important thing is that the<br />

animator should feel comfortable with the software and that it should be linked with the<br />

3D software, but it could be running alongside the software instead of inside the<br />

software. This might even be preferable so quick reminders and notations are easily<br />

accessible even without the opening of a big 3D application. The same would account for<br />

a project manager in general. The improvements in many small studios can often be<br />

great in the data management and progress tracking of the team as the management is<br />

still often done on a lower-profile basis without much optimization and automation. But,<br />

for such a tool there‟s another need. As mentioned the improvements that try to<br />

minimize file management, data wrangling and progress tracking should‟ve a strict<br />

pipeline at its basis. In the next paragraph I‟ll try to come to a concept pipeline that<br />

introduces simplicity, but even more good organization within the team. Even more, it‟s<br />

one that can work together with concept tools that can easily combine comments,<br />

progress reports and task assignments with the corresponding files. On basis of this<br />

pipeline I‟ll define in the next paragraph I‟ll try to lay out a basis for such pipeline<br />

management tools as well.<br />

The discussed dailies seem to be used around the world in many of the biggest<br />

animation studios. The same concept could (and should) easily be introduced in smaller<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

0<br />

4


animation studios, and if it were up to me I‟d say that they need to add it to their agenda<br />

on a daily basis. Even more, the sharing of comments and task assignments really help<br />

setting a clear goal for the animator to work towards. Besides, knowing what everyone is<br />

working at the moment can introduce a more productive work environment. In the next<br />

paragraph I‟ll discuss a couple of ideas and concepts on how this could be inserted in the<br />

pipeline and workflow of animators at smaller studios as well by creating tools that allow<br />

for sharing such data easily and keeping track of notations and comments as well.<br />

4.4 The tool concepts.<br />

The concepts provided in this paragraph have been developed and<br />

designed based on influences and guidelines presented throughout<br />

this thesis. With the use of the guidelines combined with the need for<br />

improvement this paragraph presents tools that can aid animators<br />

towards a better holding of flow. It should be noted that I‟ve had<br />

some concepts in mind before even starting the research, but those<br />

that aren‟t concepts coming directly from the research can be<br />

The “<strong>Pressure</strong>.<br />

<strong>Release</strong>. <strong>Animate</strong>.”<br />

icon.<br />

judged, tweaked and critiqued based on information and data I‟ve gotten from the<br />

research. But most of the concepts are coming from the ideas and perspective I‟ve<br />

developed since the beginning of the research and are based on points and ideas I‟ve<br />

discussed throughout the paper and thus might seem more in order to the overall line<br />

I‟ve followed throughout. Also note that I present an extensive library of concepts that I<br />

deemed to be a worthy addition. Despite this quantity they‟ve still been developed and<br />

designed in-depth on my findings and I feel that they all have a profitable quality.<br />

Animators all have their basic needs that – according to my findings - all seemed to<br />

have the same foundation, but they also all build their own personal workflow and usage<br />

on top of that. This same personalization should be allowed with a toolset designed for<br />

animators. The user should be able to reorganize the layout and functionality in such a<br />

way he feels most comfortable and he‟s able to work most efficiently with in his own<br />

workflow. Even more he should be able to add or remove functionality on basis of his<br />

own choices. Thus, the ability to reorganize, add and remove functionality is greatly<br />

appreciated. For this it‟s best to introduce a system that consists of small modules that<br />

can be rearranged and changed to the users‟ own needs. Some more technical stuff<br />

briefly: with the coming of the Python programming language and the better support for<br />

PyQt4 such a system within Maya becomes more easily possible. With this we can create<br />

a consistent and easier achievable user interface for different operating systems. With<br />

good object oriented programming each module could just be an extended object (class)<br />

supporting the dockable options. Such a module could then easily be docked in the whole<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

0<br />

5


toolkit as well as support standalone functionality and therefore the complexity of the<br />

customizable and user-friendly work environment would only be programmed once (for<br />

the toolkit.) From there adding custom modules or adding more functionality can be done<br />

by creating a class that inherits from this superclass. Less technically this comes down to<br />

allowing to add extra modules with minimal amounts of code, possibly adding and<br />

modifying about 5-10 lines of code to any existing code. By providing simple<br />

documentation on how to create a custom module the small scripts and tools animators<br />

already use should easily be added to the toolkit without any extensive adjustments to<br />

the tool. Therefore it provides the ultimate customizable environment, even for<br />

professional animators that already have an extended list of tools. Any list of tools<br />

already owned by the user can then become even more organized and easier accessible<br />

from within such a toolkit with this functionality.<br />

For this customizable interface and toolkit it‟s important that the personal preferences<br />

and modules can be saved and easily transferred to another work environment so a<br />

single user is mobile with his own workflow, and can easily use the same system at home<br />

as well as at work (or in class.) Switching between users on a single computer should be<br />

easy as well. For this the system keeps track of who‟s working on the computer by<br />

making the user „log in‟ to his own account in the „<strong>Pressure</strong>. <strong>Release</strong>. <strong>Animate</strong>.‟-toolkit,<br />

from now on referred to as PRA. This seems like adding more work and thus inefficiency<br />

– the logging in - but this process should only be done once (in a work environment<br />

where a single user uses a specific computer) and even if it has to be done more often<br />

switching can be done quickly and easily, as comfortable as logging into your own mail<br />

provider. When the system runs only on an intranet a security layer might not even be<br />

necessary and thus a password would be unnecessary, then switching account can easily<br />

be done with the press of a button and becomes even simpler. The small inefficiency that<br />

might possibly come with the system‟s logging requirements – the user needs to log in -<br />

are far outweighed by the organization, personalization and productiveness the system<br />

increases.<br />

Furthermore working on a per user basis makes it easy to set all preferences to the<br />

user‟s own needs when switching work location. The user can create personal (though<br />

shareable) layout presets for the toolkit with the tools he uses mostly or needs in his<br />

close environment while working. He can create a clean arrangement for his screen<br />

space, on that he works best in and can set it – Maya‟s interface as well as the custom<br />

modules – to the places he likes, even multiple presets if he wishes – like for each stage<br />

of animating. The same account for the settings of each tool as they can be set to user<br />

defined default settings or his personal last used settings. Even more, for organization<br />

and automation, logging can be done quicker as well and introduce even more<br />

organization automatically. Saved files can contain the name of the last user that worked<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

0<br />

6


on it, as well as use it automatically when submitting for review or managing personal<br />

notes and reminder. This creates an environment where the animator knows everything<br />

will be set the way he likes it and this helps him to feel comfortable when getting to<br />

work.<br />

In Autodesk Maya there‟s a lot that can be improved, like adding new techniques or<br />

better efficiency and productivity in older techniques based on the discussed needs for<br />

improvement. Many of the improvements can be used in the customizable interface as<br />

described. Therefore I‟ll distinctively name the two main covering systems now:<br />

aniToolbox and aniViewer. The aniViewer is a separated viewport with its own timeline<br />

and contains functionality for planning, playback, previewing and reviewing. The<br />

aniToolbox is a more empty design by itself but is acts as a parent window for modules<br />

that will be presented in the following paragraph. More information on both systems can<br />

be found in the online documentation (pressurereleaseanimate.com) Note that some<br />

concepts are not created to be used directly within one of these systems. Often these are<br />

tools that are not used on a daily or repetitive basis. Nevertheless all of the concepts will<br />

provide an improvement towards more and a better held flow on a basis of the developed<br />

guidelines and findings in this research. For more information about the and a view at the<br />

current state of development I recommend you to take a look at<br />

pressurereleaseanimate.com which provides an up-to-date representation of the tools<br />

and concepts in the coming years. For all of the concepts I‟ll now go into how they were<br />

defined and designed based on my findings in this research and how they developed into<br />

a flow-enhancing tool based on the guidelines.<br />

4.4.1 Concepts for preplanning<br />

For the first concept for preplanning I‟ll be discussing an environment for sketching and<br />

testing, almost like a sketchbook. Therefore I‟ll refer to it as the sketchbook module.<br />

This module is part of the bigger customizable interface called the aniViewer. The<br />

sketchbook is part of its planning functionality. Being able to quickly, intuitively work out<br />

ideas for a shot is really important for the acquisition of flow for planning, testing and<br />

experimenting when animating. Sketching out in a simple 2D „quick „n dirty‟ way really<br />

helps to quickly test out many ideas and get inspiration for new ones as well. Introducing<br />

sketching over the 3D viewport in 2D space can make a big difference for drawing out<br />

the flow or creating guidelines for animation. Animators starting out might not see the<br />

importance in doing it yourself and thinking it all out beforehand – at least I had this for<br />

a long time when I started -, but the actual improvement is well worth it as seen<br />

throughout this thesis. It‟s really helpful to do the sketching in a 2D fashion on top of<br />

your scene. Especially because the technical 3D stage‟s accumulating complexity per<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

0<br />

7


frame can be hard to keep track of intuitively and efficiently the experimenting in a much<br />

simpler 2D space helps being much more creative. There‟s often just too much data to<br />

create, to process and to keep track of in a 3D space. The simplicity of this sketching<br />

allows the mind to focus more on creative intent making the animator‟s creativity – by<br />

planning, experimenting and testing towards improvements - rise.<br />

Left: In<br />

respectively<br />

Adobe Photoshop<br />

and Autodesk<br />

Maya tools are<br />

presented on the<br />

left side of the<br />

screen by default.<br />

They contain<br />

functionality for<br />

selecting,<br />

drawing, moving.<br />

Photoshop also<br />

has a text tool<br />

and the current<br />

colors in this<br />

toolbar.<br />

Digital drawing is easy and instinctively familiar because<br />

tools for drawing are often present in the 3D animators‟ work<br />

environments, like Adobe Photoshop with the use of a<br />

Wacom device. Therefore they can instantly feel comfortable<br />

by mimicking those familiar interfaces. For this it‟s smart to<br />

take a look at the applications many 3D animators use, like<br />

Photoshop for drawing. Adobe Photoshop is one of the best-<br />

known software packages among digital artists (3D<br />

animators as well) and is among the top in its class. In<br />

Photoshop the main drawing tools are to the left by default –<br />

same is in Autodesk Maya; in this toolbar are the brush,<br />

pencil, eraser, color picker, pen tool, text tool, selection tool,<br />

the color settings and more. The brush size can be adjusted<br />

at the top in Photoshop, but an even more direct feature 27 is<br />

to press the right mouse button over the drawing area to pop<br />

up a little window with adjustable settings for the currently active brush. This decreases<br />

the distance to move with the mouse and thus makes for a higher efficiency according to<br />

Fitt‟s Law. Introducing these familiar interfaces creates for a more comfortable<br />

environment from the start while introducing a fully new technique to the 3D software.<br />

Since many animators are already familiar with the benefits of sketching and quickly<br />

experimenting (on paper) they will probably be able to see the benefits of being able to<br />

do so in the 3D software straight away. Thus these take away two of the biggest<br />

boundaries users face when trying to switch to a new tool and technique.<br />

There are some basic features we expect from drawing a tool that should allow us to<br />

experiment and sketch quickly. We want the ability to do simple drawing, make notes,<br />

use colors, erase, pick used colors and undo/redo done operations. Extra useful features<br />

would be layers to try out different things on top of each other as well as being able to<br />

control the opacity of each layer to keep a half transparent sketch on top of the viewport<br />

while animating for example. But, since it should be a tool to aid with animation it should<br />

27 In photoshop the [ and ] keys alter the size of the current brush respectively shrinking or enlarging its size<br />

with each key press or while the key is being held. In Maya this is done with holding „b‟ and left mouse button<br />

while dragging for changing its size. Differences between applications and their shortcuts can be hard to<br />

remember and keep track off. Therefore the use of shortcuts is not directly discussed and used within the PRA<br />

tools. Nevertheless setting up a user-defined shortcut is possible like with any command in Autodesk Maya.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

0<br />

8


offer functionality for this in a recognizable way. A recognizable timeline and seeing keys<br />

on frames where a drawing is all can quickly help with feeling comfortable. Onion<br />

skinning is a well-known requirement as well. Even more, introducing a way to draw in<br />

the viewport while the timeline is playing and thus doing motion capture of the mouse,<br />

tracking its velocity and speed to create a real-time captured line of motion will allow<br />

quick experimentation with the line of action and timing.<br />

.<br />

The animator draws a continuous motion as the timeline plays creating a timed line of motion useful for quickly<br />

testing arcs, the timing and lines of action.<br />

The spacing, timing and arc could all be portrayed in one continuous line easily. Since<br />

this allows for very quick intuitive testing and experimenting this seems like a must-have<br />

feature for the tool to introduce just that.<br />

Besides providing extensive time-based experimentation tools it should also allow<br />

actual sketchbook and post-its functionality for separated reminders and notations.<br />

Instead of working on a frame-by-frame basis the user should be able to switch towards<br />

a real sketchbook mode for containing some quick scribbles that could resemble the<br />

overall stages of the shot as well. The pages made in this mode should be easily<br />

accessible and can then be used as a side-reference like a character sheet would be on a<br />

physical desk for the overall shot. Giving it all the essential features from drawing<br />

sketches on paper and applying digital features to it literally gives the best of both<br />

worlds. A lot of complex functionality is in the tool but none that the animator has not<br />

grown comfortable with through the years of creating drawings and doing animation,<br />

therefore he‟s able to instantly use it effectively.<br />

With quickly sketching out in the 3D software the animator can quickly sketch an<br />

arc, and then starts positioning the character towards that arc. Thus, it can be used as<br />

reference - clean and simple. Furthermore it can be used for the sketching and testing of<br />

ideas introducing an extensive in-software environment for developing the ideas while<br />

drawing over the actual scene or the characters. Furthermore there‟s no more need to<br />

carry physical sketchbooks around to all work places and logging is also no necessity, as<br />

the drawings can simply be saved with the scene itself. Nevertheless allowing exporting<br />

and backing up of versions is an important feature. Exporting and importing allows the<br />

user to create backups, import sketches from co-workers or even import notations and<br />

comments from a review by the director. Even more, with exporting backups the<br />

animator would be able to save out and back up older ideas he‟s had for the shot and by<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

0<br />

9


opening them later remember how he‟s approached the shot at the beginning and find<br />

back the essence of his original ideas. It would be as if you were going back and forth<br />

through your sketchbook. Even more, allowing for quickly saving out a version makes for<br />

a much less destructive environment as the animator will feel like he will always be able<br />

to get back to his previous experimentation or idea.<br />

The sketchbook module is part of the aniViewer. Its functionality and usage is<br />

therefore described in the online documentation as part of that. The aniViewer is a<br />

separate window with timeline and features different modes among which is the actual<br />

sketchbook mode as explained here. The sketchbook mode should not be implemented<br />

as an additional tool or plug-in, but as a required feature that should be added as default<br />

functionality to the software. Because it‟s extremely important to allow such control on<br />

the animation within the stage of planning, and the later stages of tweaking, notations<br />

and review as well it‟s important that it is widely available and easily accessible from<br />

anywhere in production. Therefore the aniViewer is the encapsulating parent containing<br />

the functionalities for sketching, writing notes and having a clear playback/preview while<br />

working on all these stages. The aniViewer provides functionality for this sketching,<br />

previewing animation quickly, using references, reviewing of animation and functionality<br />

for adding custom modules (like the animation toolbox) as well. The supporting of a<br />

better overlay on the viewport and drawing and stacking pictures/references there<br />

creates a direct and effective planning tool as well as helps with tweaking, testing and<br />

even the review process as we‟ll see when discussing those parts of the aniViewer in<br />

more of the tool‟s concepts. This is one of the aniViewer‟s core features and should<br />

actually be implemented in Maya‟s default viewports out of the box.<br />

Another module, now for the aniToolbox, is one that allows you to beat out the timing<br />

with key presses, called the beat timer module.<br />

With this tool the animator can initiate a mode<br />

wherein his key presses are recorded over time and<br />

he can use the data that becomes visible in the<br />

Maya timeline (and optionally viewport) as<br />

reference for timing. Many animators tap out the<br />

timing/beats of a shot when planning it. Recording<br />

A picture of the beat timer module in its<br />

early stages of development.<br />

this information directly and using this as a clear and organized reference within the<br />

software allows the animator to quickly test out different timings and tweak the planning<br />

of his shot. Since many animators do this tapping by instinct it‟s an extremely<br />

comfortable way to test and try different approaches for the overall shot.<br />

Furthermore an animator will often adjust the timing of a shot multiple times to try if<br />

it works better and to literally „feel‟ how it will come over for the audience, instead of<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

1<br />

0


guessing right away what the best timing is. This is a tweaking procedure that‟s similar<br />

to a trial and error approach, which works best in environments that allow high-speed<br />

testing. With the beat timing module the animator can retime his currently created key<br />

poses based on the tapping of the beats. It allows him to test out different timings<br />

quickly and intuitively for his already created animations. This automates the process of<br />

tapping the beat for your key poses and setting the timing accordingly. Best of all, it‟s<br />

really fast. This tapping out of timing by instinct combined with the incredible speed and<br />

simplicity of the tool‟s usage makes for an intuitive and direct approach to planning,<br />

testing and tweaking among different stages of the act of animating.<br />

Since an animator often taps out a beat based on video or audio reference it‟s<br />

necessary to add such functionality. The animator should be able to choose an audio file<br />

and/or video file to play back while recording. This gives a more direct „tap‟ and influence<br />

from the inspirational source which the animator was aiming for. Furthermore, after<br />

recording the beat both can be played back simultaneously to check the differences and<br />

similarities. The animator can then choose to make small tweaks to his recording or<br />

choose to create a new timed beat. It‟s extremely easy and fast to do one play through<br />

(real-time) allowing the animator to test different timings quickly while keeping direct<br />

control and creativity. Nevertheless recording in higher speeds or slower speeds should<br />

be possible to allow for more control when something needs to play faster or slower than<br />

you feel comfortable with tapping out. Thus this is useful when the animator needs to tap<br />

out some complex movement and likes to do it at half the speed.<br />

Another concept for testing and planning<br />

based on speed for testing, a 2D space interface and<br />

a form of real-time control is the aniRecord module.<br />

It‟s a simple little tool that allows you to record your<br />

cursors position and use that in real-time to change<br />

an objects position or rotation. Quickly recording<br />

such motion is useful for testing out the movement<br />

of the eyes or trying out a camera shake. Also it can<br />

be used to test out the movement, arcs and different<br />

timings of a hand or simple object. Because the<br />

resulting motion often isn‟t very clean and useful it is<br />

The aniRecord module allows you to aim<br />

or position an object to the cursor‟s<br />

screen-based position. It allows a quick<br />

interactive way to test out the movement<br />

of an object. The picture is illustrating the<br />

aiming of the eyes to the mouse‟s<br />

position.<br />

best used for creating reference material or testing in the earliest stages of the shot. It‟s<br />

like some sort virtual directing or virtual motion capture directly applied to the character.<br />

The benefits of such a real-time testing environment have been well laid out and<br />

discussed, like with the production of Paul (2011). The tool automates the process of<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1


trying out positions over time. And like the 2D space designs it‟s simple and fast in usage<br />

making it even more interesting for testing and experimenting.<br />

4.4.2 Concepts for character posing<br />

Selecting the character‟s controls in the viewport that are<br />

over the character make for an intuitive direct approach<br />

to select whatever you need as you actually click what<br />

you want to reposition. Nevertheless I‟ve discussed many<br />

of the downfalls of this setup, like the obscuring controls<br />

and cluttered view. An interface to allow for easier<br />

selection of the parts that introduces no obscuring of<br />

controls, less complexity and a consistent layout can<br />

provide an increase in efficiency as the animator becomes<br />

comfortable with the consistent design and its clean<br />

organization. This character selection system, referred to<br />

as aniPuppet from now on, should help the animator<br />

with focusing on working layered, staying organized and<br />

provide the animator with a direct and clear visual<br />

feedback on the selection part.<br />

For the discussion of this concept I‟ll walk through it based on a biped and its<br />

controls. The animator should be allowed to address all of the selections possible for the<br />

character, but especially those (combinations) that are hard to select in the viewport<br />

should be designed in an organized and easily selectable manner. As you can see in its<br />

design I‟ve chosen for symmetry and clear alignment. Especially for often used<br />

combinations to make sure it‟s clean and simple to select them in a single drag. Like the<br />

fingers (including the thumb) should be selectable with a single selection. This creates a<br />

simpler and faster selection while providing a cleaner organized interface at the same<br />

time.<br />

We‟ve seen that focusing on parts (working layered) is important for animators to<br />

keep track of arcs and motion. For this the aniPuppet provides two approaches. First it<br />

has tabs for different focuses on the character, like „all‟, „arms‟, „legs‟, „hands‟ and „face‟.<br />

Each tab contains only the necessary controls for that part. The tabs are at the top and<br />

can be easily reordered, hidden or added by dragging or using the corresponding right<br />

mouse button menu. The second feature that improves focus is the zooming in on the<br />

system. The zooming is controlled by a Photoshop-like navigator so the control is familiar<br />

for those that have worked with that software. By zooming in on a part of the character<br />

the controls become bigger and others are moved out of the visible area, both help you<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2


to focus on only these parts and make selection even easier.<br />

Optional control is allowed in the interface by toggling between IK, FK, auto or both<br />

modes. By default it‟s set to auto mode so the selection scheme is based on the currently<br />

used mode at the current time set in Maya, thus is the most likely intended usage of the<br />

user. Removing unneccesary controls automatically makes sure only necessary data is<br />

presented. Nevertheless the user can optionally use the IK-only, FK-only or „Both‟ mode<br />

if he needs to focus on other stuff. Furthermore the aniPuppet contains different selection<br />

methods. The rectangular selection (default Maya selection), lasso tool and paint<br />

selection. This respectively selects anything within a box, everything within a custom<br />

drawn shape or everything that you‟ve brushed over. This makes even complex<br />

selections quick and simple. Nevertheless if you constantly keep working with certain<br />

sets of objects the following is a nice addition.<br />

It is what I like to call the quick selection bin. A button that functions as a depository<br />

that when clicked selects a user-defined combination of controls. The best of it is that it‟s<br />

easy and convenient how the defined combination can be altered and adjusted any time<br />

by clicking the right mouse button and choose replace, add or remove. This will<br />

respectively replace its content with the current selection, add the current selection to it<br />

or remove the current selection from it. The usage of quick selection bins allow for easy<br />

focusing on a defined set of controls and thus help working layered, gaining focus. When<br />

he constantly needs to tweak the fingers and hand it‟s best to set the quick selection bins<br />

to contain those controls. Then he can select this with the use of single button that he<br />

can rename accordingly. This makes sure he‟ll focus and work on the correct combination<br />

of the hand and fingers. Time is of the essence and simplicity is the key, this way both<br />

are taken in account. Note that all of the aniPuppet‟s selection methods support the uses<br />

of all modifiers‟ (ctrl and shift) selection changes and provides a familiar means of<br />

interaction while giving a clean and quick approach to selections. This familiarity adds to<br />

the direct control and simplicity that makes far better organization and speed the core<br />

power of the aniPuppet module.<br />

Another feature is the highlighting of selected objects. You‟ll always be able to see<br />

what‟s selected within the viewport and the aniPalette as well. Since the system provides<br />

a simple, organized overview of the character it allows a great way to directly see what is<br />

currently selected. For this the tool requires fast and direct results so the animator can<br />

use it efficiently and will know the presented information is correct. Since the highlighting<br />

is familiar from almost any application (selected things are always highlighted) on the<br />

computer this is about as familiar as it can get.<br />

For character handling we can also improve much on the actual posing and moving of<br />

the character. As explained working in 2D space is a lot simpler than working in 3D<br />

space, there‟s much less hassle going on and it‟s easier to wrap our heads around. This<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

1<br />

3


makes sketching very efficiently. Another concept for character handling is based on this,<br />

the aniPen. The aniPen allows you to pose the character‟s parts with the simplicity and<br />

speed of drawing a single arc. It allows the animators to quickly pose the arms, legs,<br />

spine and more parts that could be simplified towards a line by easily and instinctively<br />

drawing an arc or line for it. The animator will draw a curve and the character‟s limb will<br />

reposition accordingly. Since the drawing of a single arc can be done simple and fast this<br />

introduces interesting quick and simple ways of interaction with a virtual character for<br />

animation. It‟s almost like you guide an actor by saying, „Hold your arm like this line‟,<br />

and the character acts accordingly. The character really comes alive based on your<br />

instinctive directions.<br />

By selecting the arm and then drawing a curve the aniPen tool will reposition the arm according to the drawn<br />

line. You literally sketch the new position in a 2D space.<br />

You want freedom in sketching, but not necessarily freedom in the posing. You might<br />

want to lock the length of the arm or limit its bendiness. Therefore the aniPen module<br />

allows locking of the length of the limbs and limiting its bendiness. Doing this allows you<br />

to draw quick long arcs without messing up the length you intended to have. On the<br />

other end unlocking the length will make the limb position to the full length of the drawn<br />

curve so you can exactly and precisely draw what you need. Furthermore interactivity<br />

and speed is important, but the possibility to tweak as well. For this the tool has the<br />

ability to instantly apply it to the limb after drawing or keep a curve that can be<br />

interactively altered and tweaked in the default way Maya users are accustomed with for<br />

editing curve‟s points (CV points for the Maya users among you.)<br />

Though, a problem with posing a 3D character this way is depth. It‟s simple to draw<br />

an arc within two dimensions in one go, but adding depth is rather hard. It could be<br />

added by pressure sensitivity (Wacom or Touch-screen) or by a new input device that<br />

creates the possibility to intuitively assign positional data in 3D space. This could already<br />

be possible with a motion capture suit or with the use of Microsoft‟s Kinect as these<br />

produce 3D space data based on human movement. Three dimensional interactions have<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

1<br />

4


een developed through the years for virtual reality systems of all kinds; nevertheless<br />

we‟re still far from good intuitive techniques, mass production and (cheap) mass usage.<br />

On the other end we‟ve seen that the complexity of working with 3D data can introduce<br />

tremendous slow-downs and hiccups in flow whereas working in 2D space allows for free<br />

creative control because of its simplicity. Therefore this „lacking‟ feature that can seem<br />

like a downside can also be one of the top beneficial features of the tool.<br />

Another concept on this same core principle is aniCharts. It‟s a module inspired by<br />

the traditional animators who created small charts alongside their drawings to set their<br />

timing and spacing for themselves and/or assistant animators. The module allows the<br />

user to draw a chart (curve) next to an object in Maya (in 2D) and give the animator<br />

control on the spacing and timing along that curve. The animator can draw the lines on<br />

the charts just like laying out the spacing on traditional paper and use that to apply that<br />

timing for the chosen range of time.<br />

The look of an animation is greatly induced by the smoothness and speed of the<br />

curves and motion. Therefore direct sight and control over the arcs and spacing is<br />

extremely important when working on animation. You need to distinctively keep track of<br />

the arcs and spacing of the different body parts to keep fully focused on the actual arc.<br />

Over time you might miss smoothness in the animation, that‟s when little bumps and<br />

hiccups start appearing in your animation and you need to smooth or clean them out in<br />

the long run; the best way to see these out of order parts is to address them as clearly<br />

as possible and literally follow the arc.<br />

Drawing an arc with its spacing will be an organized overview of the motion and timing (left), yet will present<br />

much information we can get from it on timing and feeling of the motion of which some is described in the<br />

image above (right).<br />

I‟ve seen digital animators draw on their flat-screens with dry erase marker to track their<br />

arcs or sketch a subtly different arc quickly to see if the arc would fit. Pick a point on the<br />

body, or a locator and track its motion with an expo dry erase marker on screen. See<br />

what shape arc you are making and check the results. Not only do you need a dry erase<br />

marker it‟s also a strange situation to draw on your screen. Therefore the already<br />

introduced capabilities of sketching of the aniViewer would again be a useful<br />

functionality.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

1<br />

5


Instead of drawing the arc yourself an automated tracking visualization of the arc is<br />

useful as well, which is another side of the aniCharts module. It allows you to choose an<br />

object or any point on it and track its position. It will create the curve automatically with<br />

a point on it for each frame. Also, since this is based on the actual 3D positional data of<br />

the objects the arc can quickly update when you adjust one of the timings or spacings.<br />

This way you‟ll automatically see how changes influence the full curve of the object‟s<br />

motion.<br />

Visualizing the arc is a useful method to focus on the actual curve of the motion.<br />

Nevertheless noticing that something is off is still a step away from knowing how to fix it<br />

or knowing what the better arc would be. Thus, improving the arc can only be efficiently<br />

done when you know what the better arc is. For defining the better arc the simplest way<br />

is sketching/drawing it out quickly. This allows you to experiment what curve looks best,<br />

again creating some sort of plan and setting a goal to focus on. The problem with<br />

allowing the computer to visualize the arc is that you‟re not intuitively experimenting<br />

with the arc. This can make it hard to find the right arc, especially if you‟re not an<br />

experienced animator. Therefore it‟s recommended to use this freedom where possible.<br />

Nevertheless the automated arc tracking visuals are a great way to keep a clear<br />

organized focus on the curve‟s motion while adjusting the animation to your needs.<br />

Autodesk is developing technology for Maya making it possible to track an arc and adjust<br />

its curve by manipulating the point of the curve itself 28 , which brings a little bit of both<br />

worlds. Nevertheless I recommend the experimenting and testing with the arc by<br />

drawing our the curve yourself.<br />

There‟s also much to change in Maya‟s way of key<br />

management and the functionalities it contains to control it,<br />

like better controlling of tangents to tweak animation curves.<br />

A module that helps managing the flow of the curve is the<br />

Quick Tangents module. Controlling the curves ins and out<br />

forms – like stepped, linear, spline and so forth – can be a tedious task. Especially with<br />

the coming of more complex rigs which introduced an increasing amount of keys and<br />

28 This is listed as one of the Autodesk Maya 2012 new features at the official product release website.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

1<br />

6


data to handle through the years selecting the right keys or finding the right moment in<br />

time becomes a troublesome job. The graph editor is a great place to edit the curves, but<br />

looking through and selecting the right keys can still become quite a task if you‟ll have to<br />

go in, select and adjust accordingly. This system provides a way of altering this part of<br />

the keys data without the need to select any keys in the graph editor and/or even<br />

without the need to select a time range at all which is exactly what you need if you want<br />

to adjust all ins and outs for the current frame. But it can also be applied by highlighting<br />

a time range and applying the change accordingly for the indicated time range; it is<br />

selection based.<br />

A picture of the small yet convenient Quick Tangents module<br />

The system is designed to be familiar (looks like the graph editor buttons) and is<br />

conveniently small so it can be placed anywhere without capturing too much screen<br />

space. Even more it provides a direct sight on the currently set default tangent which is<br />

used for each new key that gets created; it‟s the most right icon in the module. By<br />

clicking the button it turns into a red question mark to let you know you can then choose<br />

a new default setting. You can do this by clicking on one of the others icons that<br />

represent the tangent in and out you want. This way you always have the direct control<br />

you need over the tangents and have a constant clear sight on what is currently set as<br />

default.<br />

The animator often „plays‟ with the timing by making small time adjustments of a<br />

couple of frames and checks the results quickly to see how it feels with the different<br />

timing. This animator‟s technique has been used in the core of the beat timer and is also<br />

the main reason why the Quick Retime module is so extremely effective for animators<br />

as well. This module is again one with an extremely small design and has only a few<br />

buttons to adjust the timing of the keys by moving them quickly respectively -3,-2,-<br />

1,+1,+2 or +3 frames.<br />

A picture of the Quick Retime module<br />

This is one of the simplest additions designed, but it creates a great and simple interface<br />

towards controlling and checking the overall timing. Even more, it pushes you to<br />

experiment more with timing as it becomes much easier and quicker to alter it. Like the<br />

previously described module it is selection sensitive. It will adjust all keys after the<br />

current frame if no time range or keys are selected. If a time range is selected it will<br />

move that range by the chosen amount. When a single or multiple keys selected it will<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

1<br />

7


move only those. This is no standard Maya functionality, but it is far more convenient<br />

because it uses any type of selection you create. This way it will end up doing what you<br />

expect it to do, the influencing of only your selected keys.<br />

Traditional animators‟ pose to pose method introduced inbetweening to the animation<br />

world. This inbetweening was the basis for developing the Quick Tween module. It‟s<br />

focused at creating inbetweens between poses in an interactive way with the ability to<br />

favor one pose over the other. This way you can quickly create a key that makes sure it‟s<br />

more like the previous or next pose on basis of your chosen value. I‟ve chosen to use a<br />

range of -100 (previous pose) and 100 (next pose), because it gives us enough control<br />

without the constant need of working with decimals for tweaking. Also you can look at it<br />

as percentages for favoring towards each pose which makes it a familiar calculable<br />

method.<br />

A picture of the Quick Tween module<br />

For a more direct control and faster response the animator can enable the interactive<br />

option. Now the effect will automatically be applied while dragging the slider allowing you<br />

to tweak or test out different values by sliding back and forth. It introduces a big speed-<br />

up in testing out different easing ins or easing outs. When enabling overshoot the values<br />

will go beyond the 100% percentages to set a value beyond the previous or next pose.<br />

Values beyond +100 for example will amplify the value beyond those from the next pose<br />

based on the difference between the previous and next pose. In effect it will create an<br />

overlapping motion quickly and easily. The system allows you to do quick testing of<br />

spacing and easing without needing to tweak the tangents of curves in the graph editor<br />

for the results you‟re looking for. Its incredible speed and interactivity allow you to<br />

quickly test and check inbetweening possibilities.<br />

There‟re numerous scripts available for download for Autodesk Maya that provide<br />

complex yet in-depth ways to rotate an object around a custom pivot point. Nevertheless<br />

most are complex to handle and create technical setups many animators don‟t feel<br />

comfortable with. With the complex data it‟s hard to oversee what‟s controlling what,<br />

especially when using it more than once in a single scene. To solve the issue that you<br />

can‟t rotate around a custom pivot point I‟ve developed the aniPlacement for Autodesk<br />

Maya. It‟s a tool that allows you to reposition any object moving it around and rotating it<br />

from any chosen point just like many of the other freely available tools. As opposed to<br />

the others the aniPlacement is not adding any complex data in the end, it‟s literally<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

1<br />

8


applying it to your objects animation curve. Furthermore the aniPlacement provides a<br />

totally safe tweaking environment; while adjusting and tweaking the position you can<br />

choose to revert or apply the changes at any time. This non-destructive environment<br />

combined with the ease of use creates a great plug and play environment without<br />

worries.<br />

Sometimes you need a custom pivot point to rotate around. That‟s when you use the aniPlacement module.<br />

Without the use of the aniPlacement module you would have needed to both translate and rotate to mimic the<br />

rotating around a custom pivot point. The aniPlacement does this all for you, providing you with clean data.<br />

Furthermore it works on a single frame, selection of keys, selected timerange or all keys.<br />

Therefore you can use it to reposition parts or the whole of the animation on a controller<br />

within matter of seconds from right within the viewport without adding any additional<br />

complexity once applied. Note that you can adjust the translate, rotate and scale as if<br />

doing those operations from the custom point, this is because it is – when in use – just<br />

an ordinary familiar transform node the animator has grown accustomed to.<br />

The Quick Display Modes module contains a sets of functions to quickly alter your viewport settings to change<br />

the way you look at the scene and get a fresh look at your animation.<br />

After hours and hours of animating on a shot it‟s hard to see flaws in your animation<br />

or to stay creative with your ideas. Therefore it‟s really important to allow yourself a<br />

fresh and a different look at your animation when needed. The Quick Display Modes<br />

allows to quickly change your viewport settings to useful predefined options as well as<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

1<br />

9


customizable presets for display options you like to personally use once in a while.<br />

Getting a fresh look on your animation can have a big impact on your focus. When<br />

looking at the silhouette you automatically focus more on readability and dynamicity of<br />

the poses whereas flat-shading can help you find clashing colors in a scene and lack of<br />

depth in colors without shadows. Every change made to how you look at the animation<br />

allows you to focus on different things, hopefully allowing you to miss flaws or lacking<br />

parts in your animation you‟ve been missing all along. Having such quick control over the<br />

look of the animation while working on it gives you the ability to stay focused and keep<br />

such a fresh look throughout multiple stages of animation by switching back and forth<br />

between those views that work best for you.<br />

The complexity of the character rigs nowadays are skyrocketing. An extensive<br />

amount of bend and stretch controls is often being considered as part of a mediocre rig.<br />

The „better‟ rigs often provide a clean interface, but an even bigger amount of controls as<br />

well. As explained this makes it more complex to handle as more key and data is being<br />

created and should be managed. It‟s not impossible, but it just can be hard at times.<br />

Going back to simplicity there‟s a couple of steps we can take to manage this data. First<br />

of all we can work more structured by ourselves, like settings keys on every other or<br />

third frame instead. This approach is only maintainable for a certain amount of time as in<br />

the end you‟ll still need to tweak and add in extra detail in the movement; therefore it<br />

works only at the starting stages of animating. We can also clean up the already set keys<br />

without altering the animation by removing keys that don‟t have any influence on<br />

altering any values. This Remove redundant keys is also part of the PRA toolkit and<br />

usable in the aniToolbox. The remove redundant keys module deletes redundant keys<br />

based on a tolerance value. It will delete keys that provide less movement than the<br />

provided tolerance between the surrounding keys on that curve; only necessary keys will<br />

remain. After this you‟ll have less data to manage and most likely a less cluttered graph<br />

editor.<br />

Instead of adjusting the ways of setting keys or removing redundant keys we can<br />

design tools that allow for the same quality animation with less complex rigs to begin<br />

with. This brings us to aniSculpt, the module that allows adding an extra layer of tweaks<br />

to animated meshes that can blend in and out over time. You select the meshes you<br />

want to tweak and apply it for the current frame and it will make the mesh editable<br />

without breaking anything of the rig‟s deformations, it‟s an additional layer that adds<br />

deformation. With this the user can sculpt/deform the character to more extreme poses<br />

and/or tweak small areas on a frame by frame basis to any extent he deems necessary.<br />

This tweaking can be done with almost all of Maya‟s default modeling tools that apply<br />

changes to the vertices without introducing object history. Therefore you can use Maya‟s<br />

default Sculpt Geometry Tool and custom tools that allow similar like deformation. This<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

2<br />

0


allows you to quickly sculpt tweaks and deformation as if providing clay-like adjustments.<br />

There‟s no need to focus on axes interpolation since its interpolation is just like a<br />

blendshape. For control it‟s a single value ranging from zero to one to turn on or off the<br />

created adjustments. It is extremely simple and generates really small amounts of key<br />

data (at most one key per frame per mesh.) In the end this allows for much more control<br />

(not based on the rigs limits) and creates much less data to manage. A complex rig setup<br />

wins only at the automation - which is impossible with the aniSculpt module – like the<br />

automation of creating a nice curve of a complex bendy arm, though automated results<br />

can also be unwanted or create unexpected results (especially with complex setups.)<br />

Simplicity and speed are important for creating quick small tweaks in overall pose and<br />

form, for this it‟s best to use screen-based deformations that work in a 2D space. For this<br />

there should be a brush that mimics the action of the smudge tool from Adobe Photoshop<br />

or the move sculpt option from the open-source platform Blender. By painting over the<br />

mesh it pulls vertices within the direction of the input in screen-space, thus sculpting in<br />

2D as if smudging in Photoshop. This introduces the speed and efficiency of 2D space.<br />

Also, when tweaking the actual mesh it‟s important to notice that the controls can be<br />

hidden and full focus can be used on the actual character instead of its controls. Since<br />

the aniSculpt module allows you to change the actual mesh as if modeling and sculpting<br />

it‟s the most familiar way of tweaking vertices and creating adjustments and increases<br />

the directness of controlling the character compared to using the character‟s controls that<br />

are limited by the possibilities of the rig and can become hard to oversee because of the<br />

complexity of the rig.<br />

I‟ve mentioned the use of pose libraries in production and said that many are<br />

available but are lacking necessary features and simplicity. Based on the needs of the<br />

animator and the extracted guidelines we can distill the requirements for a good pose<br />

library. I‟ll refer to the library designed for this research as the aniPalette. I‟ve not<br />

developed and used this in the production of Mac „n‟ Cheese (2011). Again this is a<br />

module that should be usable in the customizable interface (aniToolkit) or used as a<br />

standalone product within Autodesk Maya. For organizational and clarity its best to have<br />

clean thumbnails to show what each pose is instantly. This way you instantly see what<br />

it‟ll do once pressed. Besides this clarity there‟s some basic functionality we need from<br />

the aniPalette to keep it clean, simple and efficient for the animator. It needs an actual<br />

library to work, and it should be easy to fill the library with poses you‟ve created and<br />

rearrange, replace or remove any poses already in it. The libraries should be easily<br />

accessible and shareable, preferably automatically finding the most recent and complete<br />

version of the character‟s library. This is best done on a server, but without a server or<br />

for backup we need the ability to import and export the library which at best should be a<br />

single file per character.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1


A library can grow and especially for a TV series or big production the amount of<br />

saved poses can become huge further into production. Therefore we need the ability to<br />

filter and search through the library so we can quickly find the pose we need. Also it‟s<br />

important to allow the creation of a personal library with your own poses and favorites<br />

instead of constantly working in the global production‟s library. This is all important to<br />

minimize unnecessary search times and limit, order and customize the data to your own<br />

needs. To organize and clearly separate parts of the character the aniPalette contains<br />

tabs and submenus. This is important for working layered and helps keeping focus on<br />

only a part of the character constantly. It‟s also very important that it supports both<br />

single poses and sequences of poses (animation.) The difference should be clearly visible<br />

(play icon above sequence) and the animator should be able to show only still poses or<br />

animated sequences so he‟ll only be looking at what he needs. This makes it more<br />

organized and reduces the amount of data he has to go through while effectively still<br />

showing all that he needs.<br />

For a pose library to „pose‟ effectively there‟s a couple of requirements for control<br />

needed by the animator when setting a pose. He should be able to blend in a pose, apply<br />

it interactively to test what looks best and tweak the result. This interactivity increases<br />

the directness of controlling the character and returns a faster response at the same<br />

time. This direct result provides instant gratification. Furthermore when selecting a pose<br />

it should be possible to apply it only to the selected controls to quickly adjust only a<br />

portion of the character and work directly on what we‟re currently actually working on,<br />

thus helps staying to work only on the parts you‟re actually changing. Also poses are<br />

often stored as absolute values, but you don‟t want the character to instantly move to<br />

totally somewhere else. The animator should have control about what stays where and<br />

let the pose be assigned to that current position, thus relatively. This way the pose will<br />

always fit and be at the position you intend it to be. For more information about the<br />

aniPalette and its functionality I recommend reading its documentation.<br />

One of the things we need as animators is a reliable way of testing out the animation,<br />

for traditional animation you had to master flipping/rolling. For computer animation you<br />

need to playback the scene in real-time. Maya‟s standard playback will not play with a<br />

constant frame rate and is thus not a reliable source of reference. Reliable playback of<br />

the animation is currently only possible by creating a so called playblast. This creates a<br />

preview file to be played back in a video player that supports the exported codec. Tools<br />

for creating clean playblasts are available to download from the internet, both against<br />

payment and free. (TragidiTools and ShotView both contain a playblast script for<br />

example, but there are also separate scripts for download.) Though many provide<br />

convenient options they always still need to export to a separated video player. Since<br />

previewing is a constant process it should be interweaved with the software so you can<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2


quickly and easily check your animation without constantly needing to switch between<br />

software. The concept for this is presented as functionality of the aniViewer in the<br />

documentation. The first step is to allow cached playback in Maya‟s viewports so we can<br />

playback the video in real-time within the software itself, no matter the complexity of the<br />

scene. Furthermore the aniViewer should allow to zoom in and out on the shot (without<br />

changing camera settings) so you can quickly and easily focus on a part of the shot and<br />

focus on that continuously. Also the different view on the animation as discussed with the<br />

quick display modes module accounts for previewing as well. Therefore it‟s good to allow<br />

screen options that allow you to see the animation in a new and fresh manner, like<br />

mirrored/flipped or with others color. Also how you play it back with the timing can help<br />

you see different things. I often prefer playing it backwards a couple of times or let it<br />

ping-pong back and forth to keep focusing on different things. Also it‟s good to look at<br />

your animation on a big screen, preferably cinema size, once in a while. But, as with Mac<br />

„n‟ Cheese production, you don‟t always have the privileges to play it back on such screen<br />

sizes. A neat trick I learned from an animator was to place some cut out silhouette<br />

characters in front of your screen (small) so your screen would look relatively big. I tried<br />

this couple of times and every time it magically allowed me to focus on the shot<br />

differently thus was an interesting option. Based on this I would like to introduce the<br />

need of playing back the scene with an overlay around its frame and maybe even a little<br />

over the video to see it in a different perspective, faking a cinema environment on-<br />

screen.<br />

For organizational purposes the exported preview requires on-screen information, like<br />

a frame counter, shot name, camera name and optionally a small notation. This should<br />

be set up once and be consistent throughout production, therefore it should be a setting<br />

that is set for the full production (from a database) instead of per single user or<br />

computer (though overriding should be possible.) The on-screen setup should<br />

automatically switch to the preferred preview mode and set all options accordingly. This<br />

way all previews will be consistent throughout production without the possibility of<br />

human error. Because this is all part of the aniViewer it comes with the tools for<br />

submitting for review, sketching and notations. Combined this wonderful suite of tools<br />

creates magnificent planning, tweaking, previewing and organizational improvements.<br />

4.4.3 Concepts for notations and logging<br />

Since there‟s no real management and supervision that comes with Maya there‟s a lot<br />

that can be improved and linked with it by creating it. Based on the findings and the<br />

guidelines for flow-enhancement I‟ll present three tools that above all should able to<br />

work together, share data and communicate making sure that the right data is in the<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3


ight place and is always correct and accessible. This is best done within a single<br />

database so changes in one tool also automatically update in the other and vice versa,<br />

because it is the same informational source. This database should contain information for<br />

all shots, like description, current status, supervision comments and more. I‟ll not in-<br />

depth discuss the actual content of the database; neither will I explain how to connect or<br />

create the database technically. Yet I‟ll present a way of interaction that should be<br />

familiar, organized and simple for the animator. Even more, it‟s designed to be fast in<br />

use, easily shareable and built up in such a way that the overall production management<br />

is delivered in a consistent manner. For this organization it‟s important to work on a<br />

clean and organized core, hence the pipeline and workflow should be so as well. The<br />

discussion of a pipeline and its management core have been discussed with the tech<br />

team at House of Secrets, FUBE and Polder Animation to make sure all the necessary<br />

requirements are met and it‟s based on actual production necessities combined with the<br />

guidelines I‟ve already thoroughly laid out throughout this thesis. First I‟ll introduce an<br />

effective production pipeline and structure, and then I‟ll go into discussing the three tools<br />

that work on this core which are aniReminder, aniReview and briefly introduce the bigger<br />

brother of the two called aniManagement.<br />

To oversee a pipeline you need clear sight on progress and current status. This means<br />

you need to know what department is working on what shot and exactly who‟s doing<br />

what. Furthermore they need to be able to notify you once something needs approval or<br />

when they have any questions without interrupting your other tasks. Meanwhile you<br />

should be able to approve or give comments on their work even while they are animating<br />

(or doing other tasks.) Knowing where you are and what has to be done today raises<br />

your focus on the current tasks and gives instant gratification when a task is completed<br />

since you‟ll be able to see the production progress when checking it off. Without any<br />

complex tools that allow overseeing the production‟s files and folder structure quickly it‟s<br />

best to start with a clean and organized file structure so that even browsing the<br />

operating system‟s native explorer through the production‟s files and folders becomes<br />

simple yet effective.<br />

The most important things we need from a single file are name of object/scene, date,<br />

creator name and revisions (thus backups.) For example: “12a_20110601_Roy_01.mb”<br />

This resembles shot 12a created on 01-06-2011. The date is represented in this<br />

backwards order because now when explorer is set to order by name the last will be<br />

most recent. The next important information we need is who created it, here Roy, so we<br />

know who to address about the file. At the end is the revision number and here we see<br />

this is the first revision.<br />

Since the pipeline is often used with references to files, like a single file to be used for<br />

the character in all animation files, it‟s important that it always links to the latest version<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

2<br />

4


without worrying about what and where the most recent file is. You also don‟t want to<br />

automatically pick the latest file saved because someone could be testing something out<br />

in a more recent version that should not (yet) be replaced in the references in other files.<br />

Therefore it‟s important to have a clear distinction between the file other people or<br />

departments can use and the current tweaking/testing file. Best is to use different<br />

folders. The file that‟s ready to be used in other stages of production is called the<br />

published file and are in the folder titled publish. Whereas the current work in progress<br />

files and history revisions are in the work folder. Note that the published file will also be<br />

in the work folder at the same time as one of the revision or latest version. The revisions<br />

are placed in a subfolder named history whereas the latest work file is placed directly in<br />

the root of the work folder. It comes down to the following folder and file hierarchy:<br />

- Work><br />

- Publish><br />

o History><br />

� 12a_20110601_Roy_01.mb<br />

� 12a_20110601_Roy_02.mb<br />

� 12a_20110603_Tom_03.mb<br />

� 12a_20110607_Roy_04.mb<br />

o 12a_20110608_Roy_05.mb<br />

o 12a.mb<br />

As you can see you‟ll always have a single file separated with a clear name that<br />

represents the latest version to be used in other stages of production as reference. The<br />

other files are actual working files with the information of who created it, when it was<br />

created and its overall revision number. While this is already a lot of data in the filename<br />

there‟s still information we miss in the long run like clarity in progress (how far is it),<br />

comments on the latest approved version and information about latest changes. This is<br />

where the use of a database comes in; this can be either on the internet, intranet or<br />

even locally on the pc, though it should be easily accessible and shareable. Therefore it<br />

should be accessible from a wide range of locations, preferably anywhere. The database<br />

contains all information in a hierarchical structure like:<br />

Pipeline � Full Film � Scene � Shot � File<br />

Where the file contains information about latest tweaks, last modified date, username,<br />

stage, comments and need for approval status. The overall shot information should be<br />

the same for all of the different revisions, because it‟s the same shot. Therefore shot is<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

2<br />

5


the parent of this list of files. At „shot level‟ the information is provided for the description<br />

of the shot, link to voice clips, reference videos and global notations. By making this a<br />

child of the scene we can easily find important neighboring shots that are important for<br />

the film‟s continuity in the same scene. The same accounts for making the full film and<br />

overall pipeline parents of this. It‟s almost like the book with chapters, subchapters and<br />

paragraphs Niels Beekes described. It‟s clean and organized, even more we can see and<br />

check off progress on a per paragraph basis while being able to see the full book<br />

(pipeline) come together nicely.<br />

The simplest setup to help with the correct file naming is to use the PRA overall<br />

design of allowing the user to log in and use that name for within the filename<br />

automatically. The current user information can also be used to keep track of task<br />

assignments as well as who submitted something for approval or review. This way you<br />

can easily keep track of who is doing what, who needs what and about what you can<br />

address someone. This helps finding the right person without disturbing people who<br />

haven‟t worked on the file recently or even at all. Also the clean file naming conventions<br />

and folder structure help knowing what are the most recent files. Even more, in<br />

combination with a database for the descriptions and comments it helps to keep track of<br />

recent changes and notations without the need of opening complex files or asking<br />

someone in person. The simplest design for this is to change the default saving and<br />

opening procedure so that it saves the scene with the corresponding information without<br />

the need of any manual naming. Even more, this system could contain the necessary<br />

functions to quickly publish the current scene or save it as a new revision making sure it<br />

will back up and save everything to the right location within matter of seconds.<br />

As animation supervisor of Mac „n‟ Cheese I‟ve had to guide the other animators often<br />

towards better movements, more fluent motion or just more spontaneous action. No<br />

matter what you need to explain or point out in a scene, there‟re a couple of stages you<br />

have to go through for reviewing an animator‟s work. First you need to acquire the<br />

footage, you need to know what it is about and where it‟ll fit in the film and what he‟s<br />

trying to do with the shot (since previous versions.) Then you need to sit back and watch<br />

it a couple of times and focus on different things in the animations as you go through.<br />

While going through you find out what you think can be done better or work better if<br />

done differently and try pointing that out with short notes. Then, at best, you come<br />

together and go through the shot and explain the things you‟ve noticed, because only<br />

giving a list of notes doesn‟t really work that well. It‟s often hard to explain in words<br />

what frame what things are moving a bit off, therefore best is to point it out or even<br />

draw an arc over it. For improving the speed and efficiency of the reviewing process I‟ve<br />

designed the tool I named aniReview.<br />

There are a couple of necessities in this reviewing process: submit for review, allow<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

2<br />

6


viewing and commenting accordingly and then sending it back with clear notations. This<br />

all should be provided in such a way that the communication about what is submitted<br />

and the reviewer‟s comments is clear and consistent at all times. When the animator<br />

submits a piece for reviewing it pops up a small interface wherein the animator describes<br />

his recently made changes, name, duration, priority and assigns it to who should approve<br />

it. With the use of the PRA toolkit the username will automatically be filled in with the<br />

currently logged in user. The duration and priority will all be taken either from the scenes<br />

information or latest submission (from database.) Also it will automatically be assigned to<br />

the person who‟s in charge of reviewing the submissions of the category of the current<br />

submission. All the animator has to manually do is comment what his changes are, what<br />

he wants reviewed and how the process is going. By automating most of this the data is<br />

always up to date, consistent and most likely correct. Even more, it will be much faster<br />

to submit a shot for review and get it in time at the right person. Note that the<br />

submitting can be done from within the aniReview tool, but also quickly from within the<br />

PRA toolkit menu or aniViewer so it‟s always in the direct environment. It‟ll always pop<br />

up the corresponding submission form with most of the data automatically entered.<br />

For the supervisor it‟s important that he can see and find what shots need approval<br />

and see the corresponding notations and comments made throughout its progression,<br />

this way he‟ll always know what he said last time which allows him to also focus back on<br />

those things without readdressing any points that have already been brought up before.<br />

This is the design for the aniReview tool. It provides the most general features for making consistent and quick<br />

notations and comments for the review stage.<br />

A comment/supervision system should automatically e-mail or notify the director or<br />

supervisor that a shot has been animated or has seen big alterations and is in need of<br />

approval or review of its current state. This is very useful, especially if it should be<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

2<br />

7


approved by a client that‟s not inside the same studio. Directing him to a form where he<br />

can put his own comments and notations makes sure that he knows how to respond on<br />

the alterations and show him that it‟s time for approval. Even better, this system could<br />

send a reminder when the shot has been sent for approval but has not gotten any reply<br />

in a couple of days. Another beneficial feature is to be able to check the older versions<br />

from there as well so they can easily check against older versions and read their older<br />

notations as well. Thus, searching for earlier sent data manually is unnecessary and<br />

becomes easily accessible for the supervisor, client and the animator. Nowadays when<br />

you order something online you can often track the package that is being sent. You can<br />

always look up in what state it is, if it is currently being handled and if it‟s been<br />

processed. You can estimate when the package will be delivered. Giving these same<br />

possibilities with the creation of the 3D shots can really help the efficiency of the pipeline,<br />

because you‟ll always know where the file is in production and what‟s happening with it.<br />

It‟ll reduce the time to submit for review and to submit comments by the reviewer. Even<br />

more, progress of production is then always managed in a clear database containing all<br />

the necessary information on current state as well as its progression. For this we need a<br />

database (data management, allow filtering, clean data) and make sure that the<br />

submitting for both the submission for reviewing and the returned comments can be sent<br />

and added to it as easily and quickly as possible.<br />

With the system all shots that need approval can easily be filtered and a list for<br />

animation that needs to be reviewed and discussed is easily accessible. Such a simple list<br />

is a great starting point for animation dailies without the need of constantly asking<br />

around what versions need to be discussed or reviewed. Even more this could be linked<br />

to a more global system as well that manages and controls the overall pipeline and<br />

progress. Once the animator sends it for review the shot‟s status gets updated to<br />

„Blocking – approval needed‟ and get another color within the color coded system and be<br />

filtered in the database accordingly. The supervisor will approve or disapprove with<br />

comments and set the state to „Blocking‟ or „Rough‟ to guide the animator to stay in<br />

blocking or start working towards a rough. Automatically with this he also logs the overall<br />

progress of the shot at the same time, without any manual overhead. Linking these<br />

systems together can be a complex setup to think through, but once done correctly it will<br />

provide notations and logging of the production on a much bigger level while only<br />

manually entering lower-level information like submission for review and the comments.<br />

At first I‟ve thought of directly connecting the system with facebook or social media.<br />

This came together with the idea of adding a reward system where everyone would be<br />

rewarded for each part in the production. This was to motivate to work harder, as<br />

everyone wants a high score like with Niels Beekes‟ workflow. It would add some sort of<br />

teambuilding to the process, but such an addition that works mainly as entertaining<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

2<br />

8


stimulation might interfere with actually working. Especially connecting it with facebook<br />

or other social media seems to blur the border between work and such things, making it<br />

harder to focus. Nevertheless, the system could reward each day‟s work at a chosen<br />

interval that does not interfere with current work. Like at lunch time or at night. This<br />

makes sure it will not interfere with the task at hand while introducing a bond and<br />

challenge between co-workers to push everyone even harder while feeling good about it<br />

at the same time. Since I‟ve not done in-depth research on linking it with social media or<br />

creating the reward system I can‟t really tell how rewarding the system will be on team<br />

spirit and/or efficiency in production therefore I‟ll keep it at this.<br />

The next tool I‟ll discuss is the aniReminder, a concept coming from the usage of<br />

post-its, notations above the desk, sharable reminders and to-do lists in animation<br />

productions. With the use of a database that‟s widely accessible and contains all<br />

information and tasks from all users and all reminders and notations. By connecting to<br />

this database and using the information of who‟s currently logged in the system can<br />

acquire a list of personal notes, shared reminders, his tasks and possibly reviewer‟s<br />

comments on the currently opened and present this in the aniReminder toolset.<br />

The aniReminder module is once that can contain your tasks, latest notes, review comments as well as any<br />

other stuff you need to remind. It allows color coding, scene specific notes as well as sharing with others. Also<br />

attachments of any kind can be attached to notes quickly.<br />

There are a couple of methods for the aniReminder to notify you about any updates, like<br />

new reminders or the supervisor‟s comment submission for your shot. Within the PRA<br />

toolkit you can set options to receive e-mails once updates are created for you and<br />

you‟ve been assigned new tasks or reminders. Also you could choose to let the PRA menu<br />

item (within Maya) to subtly show the amount of unread messages, the menu item will<br />

read PRA (2) when you have 2 unread reminders. This way it will not interfere with your<br />

current work but will be noticeable when you take a look at it. You can also turn<br />

automatic reminders off and only let it update when you choose to refresh from the<br />

database to work around any possible intrusion to your workflow at all.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

2<br />

9


The items presented can be sorted, searched and filtered freely so you‟ll always be able<br />

to find your needed task or reminder, even if you‟ve lots of reminders. Also completed<br />

tasks and reminders can be moved into the history so you‟ll always be able to refer back<br />

to tasks you‟ve completed or done a long time ago, this is filterable, searchable and<br />

sortable just like the normal items. Also you can choose your own color codes that can be<br />

assigned for each different category tasks automatically. This way you‟ll always have<br />

clear distinctions between reminders, tasks, comments and notes. For the finest<br />

prioritization you can prioritize comments so they will always be shown at the top no<br />

matter what. Another especially useful feature is the aniReminder‟s functionality for<br />

scene specific notes. These are notes that will only pop up when you currently have the<br />

scene open or have listed it as your current scene. This way comments from the review<br />

will always be accompanied with a scene and scene information will always be available<br />

to you from the aniReminder. Also you can create notes as personal, global or assigned<br />

to a team or person; this way you‟ll always know that the notation is viewable by only<br />

the necessary people. This really helps everyone to be at the same line in a production<br />

and thus improve the team‟s work environment and collaboration. Also if you prefer to<br />

work within a single task within the interface you can create a tabbed task, this will make<br />

it possible to create tabs within a single task so you‟ll always have enough space to write<br />

down separated notes in a single block.<br />

Since often you work with a variety of data, from text notes, e-mails, contact<br />

addresses, videos, sounds, scripts and more the system allows the attaching of files to a<br />

reminder. These attachments can contain any file format and will show thumbnails or<br />

important information alongside it for the most well-known formats. Like thumbnails,<br />

resolution for jpegs and even more information like duration and codec for video formats.<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

3<br />

0


A picture depicting an overview of a possible management tool.<br />

The next step in management is to provide a way to oversee the progress of the film<br />

and all of its parts. The aniManagement tool is designed to oversee who‟s working on<br />

what file, what he‟s currently doing and provides a means to estimating how long each<br />

part of the production will eventually take. Since this is what is needed to keep a big<br />

production running. It uses the hierarchical structure of production (like a book) and<br />

makes every bit of production easily accessible and findable without the need of opening<br />

your operating system‟s browser. All comments are related to the file and shot, where<br />

the revisions of the files are related to the shot and going further up in the hierarchy like<br />

that. A good management system provides accessibility to the database and its<br />

information in the most direct way without ever asking yourself where you can find<br />

something. Since this comes down to database management which is not that relevant to<br />

the main line throughout this thesis I‟ll keep the explanation on the aniManagement to<br />

this. For more information I recommend to take a look at the online documentation for<br />

the latest information about the development of the aniManagement and all the other<br />

tools discussed from the PRA toolkit. (www.pressurereleaseanimate.com)<br />

4. Developing a toolset<br />

1<br />

3<br />

1


5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

The research on the different fields of animations and their workflow has given insight in<br />

different ways of working. One of the benefits I‟ve had because of this was that it made<br />

me think outside the box of only 3D animation and its workflow limitation. It has<br />

provided me with ideas and tools I would‟ve otherwise never come up with and would‟ve<br />

completely missed. Even more it gave me insight on how to combine, where to place and<br />

how to design the functionalities of the interface and technology for and in the toolset.<br />

Besides it has shown me techniques I had only heard of vaguely or heard of not at all.<br />

Within the previous chapter I‟ve developed guidelines for developing flow-enhancing tools<br />

and have presented numerous designs of concepts that are all developed on my findings<br />

throughout this thesis. For the development and usage testing of the presented<br />

guidelines and the concepts I‟ve been working on the animated short Mac „n‟ Cheese<br />

(2011). While doing the research in conjunction with the animation production I‟ve been<br />

developing the tools and started developing new concepts as well. Therefore some tools<br />

as discussed or mentioned in this chapter might seem different or in earlier stages. Also<br />

many concepts provided in the previous chapter have been developed on basis of my<br />

findings of the Mac „n‟ Cheese production, thus can be missing or lacking in-depth usage<br />

reports in this chapter. Nevertheless the creation of Mac „n‟ Cheese was a perfect<br />

opportunity to test out what I‟ve had in my mind in the past, improve and work on what<br />

I‟ve found out in the beginning of my research and test, use and further improve the<br />

significance, intuitivity and usefulness of such a toolset as designed.<br />

5.1 The Mac ‘n’ Cheese (2011) production<br />

The creation of the animated short Mac „n‟ Cheese as part of this development has been<br />

great for my research and improved many thoughts and ideas for the tool development.<br />

Through production we‟ve had many setbacks and delays on things that could‟ve been<br />

way faster or easier and we‟ve discussed this throughout the project to improve on it as<br />

much as possible. Sometimes resulting in quick fixes, but often resulting in part of my<br />

research for future designs. For Mac „n‟ Cheese we used Autodesk Maya 2011 as 3D<br />

production package. On a daily basis it felt that Maya‟s standard design slowed us down.<br />

Maya‟s tasksplosions 29 often led us into frustrating moments doing some simple tasks<br />

over and over again and thus taking too much time.<br />

At first I thought that speeding up or working around just these little annoyances<br />

would provide a significant improvement by itself. And by discussing daily on what (part<br />

29 Tasksplosion; The unexpected and natural process whereby a simple, single task requires you to complete a<br />

whole set of tasks, some of them unrelated to the one at hand.<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2


of the animating) could need this type of speed improvement resulted in me doing a<br />

quick „button‟ for the animator to release most of the overhead of a task. Ending up with<br />

buttons for just those specific tasks did relieve some pressure on our brains and often for<br />

just a day or two we would feel less task saturated 30 . Though, often when the specific<br />

task was completed it was not being used anymore (because of its specific function on<br />

parts that only occurred that once or twice.) The functions were not helping our overall<br />

animation process and the row of buttons was quickly getting to feel less useful.<br />

Within the production of Mac „n‟ Cheese I came across a single thing that annoyed me<br />

very much which I needed to do over and over again. It‟s the setting of the selection<br />

masks to only curves.<br />

Image depicting the difference in efficiency with the enhancement for the selection mask menu.<br />

This is one of the default top row buttons of Maya (multiplied by three) that sets the<br />

currently active selection mask. When everything is enabled you‟re able to select<br />

everything in the scene and when nothing is selected you are unable to select anything.<br />

By default when you change scene in Maya or close it down and open it again it resets<br />

back to its default. As an animator you almost always want to only select curves. Thus<br />

you needed to deselect all the buttons except for one, 7 clicks, or press right mouse<br />

button and select the „deselect all‟ option from the menu and then click the one you<br />

need; 2 clicks. It was annoying to do this every time. I changed the script in Maya that<br />

was linked to the buttons; my fix: allow control + click to focus on a single one instantly.<br />

This was in the end one of the most used changes I‟ve made while in the production of<br />

Mac „n‟ Cheese. This change taught me how much influence the slightest changes can<br />

have. Noticing this helped me finding the way towards better tools and made me starting<br />

to define the basic guidelines for flow-enhancing tools production as part of my research.<br />

For Mac „n‟ Cheese I started by creating an autorigger that could help the character<br />

setup stage, I‟d started creating and designing it even before production of Mac „n‟<br />

Cheese started. I had done research towards animator friendly rigs and had already<br />

reviewed other popular rigs with the team members beforehand to get a clear idea of<br />

what we wanted. Later when development of the story for Mac „n‟ Cheese started I<br />

already had a structured system for developing the rig, but pretty early on – while<br />

discussing the story and action of the film – it came to my attention that the rig needed<br />

more and easier controls. We needed many complex features in the rig, like stretchiness,<br />

30 Task saturated: Complete shutdown while multi-tasking, often resulting in catastrophe.<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

3<br />

3


scalability and bendiness in all of the body parts. The setup created contained many<br />

controls (like most rigs nowadays.) Back than I thought that developing tools for the<br />

character handling process would be the best starting point for development since this<br />

seemed to become the most overwhelming task at that stage. Thus I chose to develop<br />

tools for the selection of the character, the actual posing of the character and managing<br />

its data. We needed speed and simplicity while the rig contained an extensive amount of<br />

complex features. As already explained this makes it even more important to have tools<br />

that help with posing and the management of the characters. This was my initial thought<br />

and this was the main reason why I focused on developing character handling tools for<br />

Mac „n‟ Cheese.<br />

With a small introduction into our pipeline and file/folder conventions for Mac „n‟<br />

Cheese I‟ll introduce our initial planned overall workflow. We had set strict file naming<br />

conventions and folder structures. Furthest down it looked something like this:<br />

- Work><br />

- History><br />

o Shot6.mb<br />

� Shot6_01.mb<br />

� Shot6_02.mb<br />

� Shot6_03.mb<br />

� Shot6_04.mb<br />

This was our file/folder structure for a single shot. We thought that by separating<br />

revisions we could always easily find back the file we needed. The same principles were<br />

used for playblasts of the animation. We also divided global tasks, like Gijs van Kooten<br />

was head of story, Tom Hankins was art director, Guido Puijk was our main assistant and<br />

I took the tasks of lead (supervising) animator and technical director. Since we had<br />

designed our file/folder conventions and global pipeline beforehand I focused even more<br />

on the character handling with my tool development, because we felt that the strict<br />

conventions we had discussed for file naming and folder structure would take away most<br />

of the management trouble often associated with production.<br />

From this focus I started focusing on the development of already presented ideas and<br />

tools focused on the character handling. But as more and more of the concepts actually<br />

came from the production process of Mac „n‟ Cheese it was hard to incorporate even all of<br />

the presented tools within only the character handling session in our team‟s workflow.<br />

Nevertheless, I‟ve tried to create working proof of concepts of the ideas and tools<br />

presented which I felt that at that moment in production was still useful to invest<br />

development time in. From start to end in the production I‟ve focused on the creation of<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

3<br />

4


tools that really helped with the character posing and the character<br />

handling/management that is part of that. The concepts explained within the<br />

preplanning, notations and reminders mostly came from the mindset I got from<br />

researching the other animation fields and the creation of Mac „n‟ Cheese. Thus these<br />

came in later stages of production and it would‟ve been hard to introduce or even<br />

develop these production tools to be still used in our production. Nevertheless the tools,<br />

especially what we‟ve missed and would‟ve loved in production, have been discussed<br />

thoroughly within the team and with other animators as well.<br />

5.2 Using the tool together with other animators<br />

The toolset that has been created was tested and used by me and the team members<br />

involved in creating the animated short Mac „n‟ Cheese. The proof of concept toolset has<br />

thus been tested by me, Tom Hankins, Gijs van Kooten and Guido Puijk. At the beginning<br />

of production we‟ve all worked without the toolset (while I was developing the base of it),<br />

then I started solely using it for first testing. After a while the rest of the team followed<br />

and started using it too when most simple bugs were removed.<br />

The toolset we used for the longest period of time in our<br />

project – as seen to the right – contained the functions listed<br />

below. Note that sometimes I refer to the name of a tool<br />

mentioned in the previous chapter. In our project we made<br />

use of the following functions (solely from the toolset):<br />

- Easier character selection in a compact but efficient<br />

system. This was really one of the first things the<br />

animators praised. Also options for setting keys and<br />

in-betweens and deleting those were added. As well as<br />

an option to reset the controllers.<br />

- The simple inbetweening system (Quick Tween) as<br />

explained in the previous chapter that allows<br />

interactive control – with overshooting – for the<br />

selected objects.<br />

- The small but very useful retiming section that allows<br />

the adjustments of timings between -3 and +3 frames.<br />

This is a picture showing<br />

one of the toolses versions<br />

we„ve used in production<br />

pipeline of Mac „n‟ Cheese.<br />

- Small shortcut sections with presets for selection masks and viewport view<br />

options. Often opening a new animation scene resets the selection masks and<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

3<br />

5


esets the selection mask back to default. With these shortcuts animators just had<br />

to click once and everything is clean and ready for the animators to use in the<br />

software.<br />

- There were 3 buttons in the shortcut section that allowed the animator to see the<br />

characters instantly in normal mode, silhouette or flat shaded mode. This is like<br />

the described „quick display modes‟ module from the previous chapter. These<br />

were intensely used for checking if the pose would read easily by just its color<br />

difference in textures or in silhouette. This really helps creating stronger poses<br />

and making smarter choices for the movement.<br />

- Of course, 2 small buttons for making the Graph Editor and Dope Sheet pop up<br />

when you needed them. Nothing that special, but useful though. Many animators<br />

put it up on the Maya Shelf, myself included, but adding those functions simply in<br />

here made it possible for the animator to „live‟ without the shelf at all.<br />

- Clean-up keys function (see Remove Redundant Keys in the documentation.) For<br />

removing all those unnecessary keys that do nothing except for cluttering your<br />

graph and timeline with keys keeping you from getting a nice overview on the<br />

important ones. It also helped removing keys in-between frames which often<br />

really is troublesome in Maya.<br />

- Multiply/Average function to overplay or downplay certain actions (see Amplify<br />

Keys in the documentation.) This seemed to work especially well on controlling<br />

camera shakes, eye darts and other twitchy like movements. This helped<br />

adjusting (and supervising) animation as I as supervisor could easily say, “That<br />

shake should be about half as strong!” Finally this proofed to be very useful in our<br />

production!<br />

- The aniPlacement as described in the previous chapter was a working proof of<br />

concept at that time that I‟ve used with great efficiency in at least a couple of<br />

shots reducing management overhead of the characters arcs and rotation. Though<br />

the proof of concept was a pretty quickly developed (some bugs) it still managed<br />

to provide a good working solution with significant speed improvement and thus<br />

delivered very satisfactory results.<br />

- The aniPen tool was developed pretty early in the production of the short film,<br />

though development to full working version to be released to the full team went<br />

slow. I‟ve used it myself for sketching out the arm pose sometimes quickly looking<br />

for something that „might‟ work but besides using it as an inspirational tool I<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

3<br />

6


never really ended up using it as full constant production tool as there were still<br />

some little bugs in the system at that time.<br />

A screenshot from our animated short Mac „n‟ Cheese.<br />

This shot contains animation created with the toolset and 2D drawn post-effects.<br />

Besides these modules in the interface there were some separated tools created to<br />

streamline the placement of the cars quickly and make sure they would move nicely. You<br />

would draw a curve, select the car, select the curve, run the script and the car would<br />

nicely move along it. It would have a controllable speed attribute that updated the<br />

changes automatically. Also it had values to let it bank automatically in turns and to let<br />

its engine shake the car while driving automatically. Since this automated most of the<br />

cars‟ control scheme the following paragraphs will not mention the influence this had on<br />

the animation. Instead the next paragraphs really focus on the improvements on<br />

character handling and animating. We also had some other small scripts to fix small<br />

things quickly or randomize some frames, but since these were often for a single or<br />

couple of uses they will not be discussed in the next paragraphs as well.<br />

5.3 Productivity test<br />

Let‟s start out by saying that we completed our short to full satisfactory of the teachers<br />

and many others 31 . And of course, in time. It‟s funny to note that as I started using the<br />

toolset created earlier then my teammates I often was already feeling satisfactory when<br />

they yelled something like: “Why is this – problem X - so hard!?” It‟s because for me<br />

many problems they were yelling about I had already had a significant change or speed-<br />

31 Within 12 days after the online release the animated short Mac „n‟ Cheese was viewed over 650.000 times<br />

and received more than 5.800 likes on Vimeo. Also it was featured in a national Dutch newspaper, numerous<br />

magazines and linked to or embedded on numerous websites. (Vimeo.com, 2011) It had gone viral on Youtube<br />

where duplicates were uploaded numerous times in a variety of languages by a wide range of users.<br />

(Youtube.com, 2011) To watch the animated short go to: http://www.vimeo.com/27127177.<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

3<br />

7


up for. When I installed the toolset to all computers and everyone started using them<br />

they actually hated me for waiting to release even the earlier beta versions to them. (But<br />

they would‟ve been set back by the technical difficulties and bugs back then.) Another<br />

note is that although we finished in time we weren‟t always on schedule. We scheduled<br />

the animating part of the production to start way earlier and take a lot more time than<br />

what it finally took. There are a couple of reasons for this delay. We were having<br />

problems finishing the story. Then, when we had that checked, we had a hard time<br />

finding the right camera angles and finding how to achieve a certain progression in the<br />

story. We started a little bit late with modeling and rig testing. We also planned time for<br />

animation testing (as none of us was an expert on animation, even worse none of us felt<br />

like he could animate what we were going to animate) to get the feeling back that we<br />

could create and achieve high quality animation. The style development took a little<br />

longer than expected and gave us some delay in the start of animation testing. Though,<br />

once we started animating it went faster than we expected.<br />

The time we planned for animating was quite a significant part of production.<br />

Nevertheless we felt like we had to work hard and started as if we were in crunch time<br />

straight away. We would work long days with little breaks, at first to start feeling<br />

comfortable with animation again and later to create the actual intense animations<br />

needed for the film. At the beginning we had a rough start, because we were having<br />

trouble managing (especially selecting) all the controls of the rig. Therefore the first<br />

introduced tools focused on the selection of the character.<br />

The character selection system I introduced within our<br />

production wasn‟t nearly as elaborate as the concept described<br />

in the previous chapter. Nevertheless it provided us with the<br />

most important selection combinations and allowed us to<br />

quickly switch between characters. There was no possibility to<br />

customize any of the buttons, but I did customize it along the<br />

way to the needs of the animators in production because they<br />

kept asking for changes. As I changed the combination and<br />

order accordingly they started to feel much more comfortable<br />

and literally didn‟t want to animate without the system<br />

anymore. One moment someone needed to change a single<br />

control on a single frame while I was changing something in the<br />

system (so it went offline shortly.) He refused to change it without the selection system,<br />

because it would take too much time. Though the compliment was great and the increase<br />

of feeling comfortable with the character was very big as well there were still some<br />

problems we faced with the system. The system could not be mirrored, so from the back<br />

of the character the system would be similar to how the character would be on screen.<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

3<br />

8


But looking at the character from the front in the viewport would make his screen-right<br />

arm be left in the interface. Despite that they were color coded we found ourselves<br />

clicking on the wrong side of the interface numerous times. That‟s also why I added the<br />

mirroring option in the concept presented in the previous chapter. Still the selection<br />

system improved a tremendous speed up. Something I liked as well was that I could<br />

even turn off the controls visibility in the viewport but still animate the character, this<br />

way I could totally focus on the character‟s form without looking at a lot of controllers at<br />

the same time. Though it was hard to know what you had selected when everything was<br />

hidden, because we had no highlighting of selections in the interface back then. Even<br />

though there were these downsides I would have to say that the speed went up more<br />

and more as we grew more comfortable with the tool. Also we were able to work more<br />

efficiently. Most noticeable was the influence it had on the team‟s spirit and enthusiasm.<br />

Overall we would be happier and driven to work, because we just felt more comfortable<br />

while working. We had less stress what gave us more focus on the actual animating,<br />

hence more and better results.<br />

The inbetweening and timing tools introduced some tweaking improvements. I<br />

noticed that the system to create inbetweens (Quick Tween) wasn‟t being used that<br />

much, probably because many shots were already beyond the stage of blocking and<br />

rough animation when the concept was fully introduced into our toolset. And that‟s<br />

especially the stage it‟s extremely powerful in, that‟s what it‟s designed for. Nevertheless<br />

it was used on occasions to do some quick rough posing for follow through or tweaking<br />

the spacing in-between to keys. On the other hand the far simpler retiming module was<br />

being used a lot more. It‟s simplicity and clear usage made it a very effective quick<br />

experimentation tool. Even more it provided much easier supervision towards the<br />

animators. I could just tell them to “play with the timing.” They would end up moving<br />

around frames with this module to check what timing worked best. Its simple design and<br />

the actual simple thing it does made it extremely comfortable to work with. It would do<br />

exactly what you expect it do. That‟s a very rewarding experience.<br />

Furthermore we had the small shortcuts for setting the selection mask and viewport<br />

settings to a comfortable preset. Also we had shortcuts for opening the Graph Editor and<br />

Dope Sheet quickly. Because the interface contained many useful features you would be<br />

working close to these most of the time making it feel very comfortable to use them. This<br />

made selecting the shortcuts just a small move away making it a very effective location.<br />

This was the same with the buttons that changed the shading mode from normal to<br />

silhouette or flat shaded and vice versa. They were so close that switching felt natural<br />

and fast. Many times I‟ve seen Gijs and Guido quickly checking the other modes to focus<br />

on (literally) the silhouette of the pose or the depth the pose was creating. The flat-<br />

shaded was a very useful function for us. Because we had a rather 2D-style shading that<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

3<br />

9


made the depth perception often end up looking much less than in the preview. Looking<br />

at the flat-shaded version once in a while made us able to compensate a little for that<br />

and thus helped us reaching our goal of creating the animation we wanted. The use of<br />

simple presets for this kind of things became extremely useful, because the fresh look<br />

became easier achievable. This made us just quickly choose one of the viewing modes<br />

once we felt were losing inspiration or fresh sight. Changing the view almost always<br />

instantly helped seeing different things in the movement or poses that could use<br />

improvement or subtle change. Therefore having these to quickly and comfortable<br />

achieve such improvement in efficiency proved to be very useful for the focus in the<br />

production.<br />

The clean-up function that was in the toolset was not used that often. But when used<br />

it was especially useful when we felt we had to take a step back in the shot, like when<br />

something wasn‟t working right. It would help deleting all the unnecessary keys so you<br />

could begin with focusing only on deleting keys that actually matter, because the<br />

irrelevant would already be deleted. Making the step back sometimes became a lot<br />

simpler just because of this and allowed us to quickly „kill our darlings‟ and work towards<br />

something better. Going back a step was very helpful at moment you were stuck and<br />

noticed you weren‟t progressing towards the goal; hence you were feeling down and felt<br />

unfocused. Since this took away some of this negative attitude it helped raising chances<br />

for achieve flow.<br />

The multiply/average (amplify keys) functionality on the other hand has been used<br />

much more throughout the production. It made directing the animators much easier,<br />

because if the director said that something should be half as hard we would just throw it<br />

through this module, see what it looked like on half its amplitude and work from there. It<br />

was often used as experimentation tool as well, sometimes amplifying or reducing the<br />

effect of a camera shake or big movement to see what would work better. This has been<br />

an extremely important part of adding subtlety while keeping our intensity throughout<br />

the full animation. Sometimes things would go way too fast where others would go way<br />

too slow or had less impact. With the multiply/average options we were able to fix this<br />

quickly and intuitively by experimenting with values really fast.<br />

The aniPlacement tool was one that we‟ve used about 5-6 times in total throughout<br />

production but it must‟ve taken at least two to three days off our animation time. The<br />

tool introduces a tremendous speed increase and simplicity in what otherwise is one<br />

complex and annoying process of translating and rotating to fake a nice arc. Instead,<br />

with this tool, we could just rotate the character around a certain point and have it all<br />

dealt with. I used this within the first scene I animated where a big guy is sliding off a<br />

cliff, half-way comes to sort of a stop and then flips over with its head as pivot point,<br />

ends up standing up for a while and falls further down. The actual creation of making him<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

4<br />

0


otate around his head took me at most ten minutes. While otherwise this could‟ve easily<br />

been an intensive tweaking process of a day or so to create a clean and nice fluent arc<br />

while making sure the head stays in position. Because the pivot point is somewhere else<br />

you‟ll often notice much annoying sliding of the pivot point, which should be solid.<br />

Therefore it is important that the resulting motion looks correct, and that is what the<br />

aniPlacement provides instantly without adding complexity.<br />

The aniPen allowed us to sketch a line and let the arms of the character position<br />

accordingly. Since development of the tool stayed in beta stage for a very long time,<br />

some bugs were hard to solve, we were never really able to use it extensively throughout<br />

production. Nevertheless I‟ve used it on some occasions for testing out some extreme<br />

arm positions. The posing of the action was relatively fast, which allowed me quickly try<br />

out different rough concepts. This helped me with experimenting towards better ideas.<br />

Nevertheless I‟ve been unable to provide real production measurable circumstances for<br />

this tool, because I had only used it occasionally.<br />

After a while we noticed that we were faster with animating than planned and that<br />

the toolset was speeding up things in production. We were making up for the delay not<br />

only because we worked our asses off but also because the toolset made a significant<br />

change in efficiency and work spirit. The animators started enjoying working with the<br />

toolset and working in that way that was made available through the use of the toolset.<br />

Especially the speed increase in selection of the parts made a significant change because<br />

it was one of those „minor‟ things you would constantly use. Also that it featured the use<br />

of modifiers (Control and Shift) to have full focus on what to do with selection when a<br />

button was pressed was extremely useful, this way we could add, remove or toggle from<br />

the selection in a familiar way while using the organized character selection menu. Small<br />

tweaks you can use often seemed to make the biggest difference in work spirit since<br />

you‟re constantly working in a better way. Others introduced more speed increase but<br />

were used a lot less and therefore weren‟t so prominent improvements, nevertheless the<br />

team still felt that shots would‟ve taken much longer and would‟ve been much harder<br />

without the use of the designed tools.<br />

So the designed tools increased our productivity a lot, but there were other things<br />

that slowed us down and have been taking a lot of our enthusiasm at the same time. The<br />

management and organization seemed much harder than initially planned. As explained<br />

we had set ourselves some strict naming conventions. We thought what we had set up<br />

would be a good folder structure that would hold the full production. We used it<br />

throughout our full production, but there were some minor things we had missed that<br />

influenced our efficiency. Since the file saving and correct naming and exporting was all<br />

done manually it was very sensitive to human error. We would end up with multiple files<br />

in the work folders and files without file revision numbers in the history folder. Also in the<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

4<br />

1


process we added a final folder which was the one that was being used at that moment<br />

as the published file, but since it was introduced later in production and we were having<br />

trouble to know who was working in what file we had a hard time finding the right „last‟<br />

file almost every time. This is what we would end up with:<br />

- Work><br />

- History><br />

- Final><br />

o Shot6.mb<br />

o Shot6_01.mb (newer than the one in history folder)<br />

o Shot6.mb<br />

� Shot6_01.mb<br />

� Shot6_02.mb<br />

� Shot6_03.mb<br />

� Shot6_04.mb<br />

� Shot6.mb (unclear what version this is)<br />

As you can see there‟s a work, history and final folder containing a similarly named file.<br />

Which in itself is not that bad, but sometimes you would forget which one you were<br />

working on. Also it was hard to remember if you saved it onto the correct one as there<br />

were multiple files with the same name. That was very dangerous. We often also opened<br />

each other‟s files to make some small changes and in the end we never knew who<br />

altered the file last and what files were most recent and most important. Once you‟ve<br />

lost sight on this it‟s a really difficult process to get back organized again and find the<br />

right files in the end. We‟ve lost much time in discussing who‟s been working on what<br />

scene. For this we often needed to interrupt team members asking them whether they<br />

had used the file recently and what file to take. There was a week in production where<br />

we would just ask anyone if they knew what file we should use even before opening one,<br />

because that ended up taking less time. Nevertheless this did create a lot of interruptions<br />

from the task at hand delivering a noticeable decrease in production quality and quantity.<br />

That‟s when we took a day or two to work through all files again, finding the right files<br />

and renaming everything accordingly. From that moment on everything went a lot better.<br />

But we did learn that the overall structure of production and the organization has much<br />

more influence on flow and efficiency than any character posing tool could introduce as<br />

positive influence. This is one of the main reasons and driving forces why I‟ve been<br />

researching more into notations, logging, pipeline and production management at the<br />

end of the production.<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

4<br />

2


As stated we worked faster and were happier overall. I‟ve noticed that when working<br />

with the toolset on screen I‟ve been doing the things mentioned faster, but I wasn‟t still<br />

happy with my own overall performance. I started thinking whether I still felt I wasn‟t fit<br />

to be an animator or still just had a lot to learn until I started finding in the research<br />

what I had missed all along. At that moment in production I was lead animator as well as<br />

animation supervisor for the team members. On the side I was the technical director<br />

fixing any problems that would occur in the pipeline and was doing the editing and taking<br />

care of the sound guys. I was doing a lot of finalizing for the film and the toolset besides<br />

purely focusing on the animation of a shot. This was not because we had a small team,<br />

but because our production and pipeline could be much more automated and<br />

streamlined. I feel that to achieve flow, stay in a flow and produce even higher quality<br />

animation in even shorter times we need to combine the currently developed tools with a<br />

production pipeline that is managed, organized and automated wherever possible so<br />

focus can really fully be at the current task at hand.<br />

5.4 Does it influence my/our style?<br />

I like to believe that the style we animated in with Mac „n‟ Cheese was a clear art<br />

directed choice and for the biggest part it was. We wanted hard and intense motions that<br />

would come over powerful and fast. For this we needed to create high speed movements<br />

often with a snappy feel to it. Nevertheless the first animation tests we did made us<br />

somehow roll into the animated style we ended up having. Namely it is one that feels<br />

progressing and moving constantly, which is part of its intensity.<br />

The tools that mostly had a part in this were those that adjusted timing or positional<br />

data like the quick retime module. This allowed me to quickly experiment if my animation<br />

would still be clear if it was even faster, or if it would still look as intense but more<br />

pleasing to the eye if done a little bit slower. The same was with the usage of the amplify<br />

keys module, which had great influence and our camera shakes. I remember that half<br />

way our camera shakes were often way more intense. Since we were able to quickly test<br />

different intensities of the shake we were able to find out that it was taking a lot from the<br />

intensity of the actual character animation. Therefore we ended up reducing the intensity<br />

of many of the camera shakes between 25-50 percent.<br />

There were also tools that made me change poses I had set up and was already<br />

feeling happy with. Especially the tools that gave a „fresh‟ look on the animation altered<br />

how I approached a shot and I feel it made me end up with stronger poses and better<br />

reading animation overall in the end. And I‟ve seen Guido and Gijs improve their poses a<br />

lot as well by looking at the silhouette when I hinted them to do so. The tools allow you<br />

to consistently and clearly focus on certain parts of the character, like with the often<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

4<br />

3


mentioned silhouette mode. Often it made me positioning the legs and arms in such a<br />

way that they would overlap less in silhouette. In the end result you can still sometimes<br />

see this and it adds to the readability of the poses, which is extremely important with<br />

such fast motion as in Mac „n‟ Cheese (2011). I feel that these changes made because of<br />

the usage of these tools were always a personal choice and improvement. It just showed<br />

us flaws or lacking poses in the overall sequence which allowed us to pinpoint better<br />

what needed improvement. Therefore this changed the overall animation for the better<br />

while staying true to our own style choices.<br />

The use of the aniPlacement tool, which has not been used often throughout the<br />

production, did introduce me with big changes in plans and ideas I‟ve had for shots. It<br />

allowed me to think out of the box as if anything would be possible to create. This made<br />

me feel less limited and it felt good to allow such freedom in thinking and posing. This<br />

introduced me often with more exaggerated and less dull movement while creating it.<br />

These shots all ended up working extremely well, but it‟s hard for me to see or pinpoint<br />

whether the aniPlacement has had that much of an influence on the overall style. Since it<br />

introduced me with totally new ideas and made me end up with different (better)<br />

animation I would say it improved the overall animation and the look of it for the better.<br />

Although many tools influenced how we approached things or how we tweaked the<br />

motion we would always tweak and work so long on a shot that the impact of the tools<br />

diminishes to very small – if even noticeable – differences in style choices. Also since we<br />

were constantly providing comments on each other‟s animation and tweaked our<br />

animation based on those guidelines the actual influence coming from how we posed or<br />

worked with the characters became much less as we started working towards what we<br />

actually thought would look best. Therefore I feel it indeed closely resembles an<br />

animation style and feel that we intended to create, with or without the toolset. It‟s just<br />

that with the toolset we felt more comfortable and efficiently creating the animation it<br />

has become.<br />

5. Stress testing the toolset<br />

1<br />

4<br />

4


Conclusion<br />

The main focus of my research was to find the answer on how 3D Animation software<br />

could be improved by creating a higher chance rate for holding a creative flow, increasing<br />

the productivity and intuitivity. This was coming from the understanding and pure feeling<br />

that I love animating, but have been unable to creatively fully enjoy the immersion of<br />

myself in the character and his means of movement while animating in 3D software. My<br />

personal hypothesis was this could be done by changing the way 3D animation software<br />

works by creating a customized toolset, thus my research was focused around that.<br />

Through most of my research – where the biggest part is a field study involving<br />

interviews and checking how people animate – I‟ve found that there‟s still a lot that can<br />

be improved in 3D animation software, but even more in the pipeline of smaller studios,<br />

towards a smoother interaction with the user with the goal to increase creative flow.<br />

I‟ve found that there are two sides to the story. There‟s the direct character<br />

manipulation, the control of the character and its keys the animator has to deal with just<br />

to be able to animate. And there‟s the production management, logging, notations,<br />

reviewing and production streamlining. I‟ve always felt that the first, the way of<br />

controlling the character, the Maya setup and the way this part works really is what was<br />

breaking my flow while animating. That‟s why I initially started off with this idea and the<br />

development of these concepts for Mac „n‟ Cheese. I had been searching, researching and<br />

evolving into a sort micro-management of developing. Looking for small fixes at first,<br />

developing tools that sped up the small things you often (daily) do in animating as an<br />

animator. It definitely worked and even these micro-management types of functions that<br />

ended up in the toolset were quite a significant change in „our lives as animators.‟ Things<br />

went faster in general, so speed was influenced. Also the character, the posing and the<br />

actual act of animating got more focus. So it‟s certainly to say this worked. The<br />

developed and beta tested toolset seems to help with focus and flow, though as found<br />

through this research it is just the tip of the iceberg.<br />

There‟s so much more to streamline in student or small studio productions. And<br />

through the answers from other studios (especially from out of the 3D sector) I‟ve found<br />

that structure in the pipeline is what I as animator have often been in conflict with. The<br />

fact that the animator in a student project or small studio often deals with data<br />

wrangling, supervising some of the story, checking shot‟s composition, its continuity in<br />

the edit and even doing the editing himself is just as much or even more part of breaking<br />

the flow in the act of animating than the technicalities involved with the character posing<br />

and handling. If an animator in a small studio is dealing with a lot of other stuff besides<br />

animation, it‟s best to keep what he does separated by fully completing the things before<br />

and don‟t be interfered with the other things - that could also be done afterwards - while<br />

Conclusion<br />

1<br />

4<br />

5


animating.<br />

As core needs the main things that can help the animator with better animation is the<br />

following:<br />

- Animation needs focus.<br />

- Direct control, fast response. (WYSIWYG)<br />

- Clear goal (reference, storyboard, line test all help)<br />

- No distractions.<br />

- Possibility to quickly test out ideas, concepts<br />

- Have inspirational and clear references.<br />

Focusing on this allows us to see that the animator needs to plan out, set a goal and<br />

have direct controllable means to progress towards that goal. Therefore I developed the<br />

animation toolkit as used within Mac „n‟ Cheese (2011) that presented more direct<br />

control and ways to experiment and pose quickly to create concepts and planning at any<br />

time. The speed and efficiency in the character handling and the corresponding flow at<br />

moments that we could fully focus on a single animation went up with it. Though, what<br />

I‟ve missed beforehand is the importance of no interruptions and the organization of the<br />

pipeline. The animator should‟ve constant focus on the task at hand without being<br />

interrupted by supervisor‟s comments, other tasks in production or any project<br />

management at all. This can, as done at Motek Entertainment with their production<br />

management and comment system, be helped with a system providing an easier<br />

oversight on progress, shot assignment to animators, descriptions and comments.<br />

Simply said, did the developed part of the toolset help? Yes. Did it help with flow?<br />

Yes. Was it enough? Arguable. It definitely showed an increase in work enthusiasm and<br />

efficiency, but there‟s room for much more improvement. As shown with the concepts<br />

and results created and found at the end of the production of Mac „n‟ Cheese there‟s<br />

much more to streamline in small productions. Though, introducing these pipeline tweaks<br />

that would‟ve made even more of a difference at that stage would‟ve been inefficient.<br />

Changing your workflow mid-project is asking for trouble. Besides, that far in production<br />

you need a pretty stable management system (from the concept) because there‟s a lot of<br />

data already to be added. Although the used toolset in Mac „n‟ Cheese created an<br />

improvement in speed and efficiency I‟ve still been bouncing against a flow-breaking wall<br />

of constant interruptions and simultaneous tasks that were hard to separate from the<br />

task you‟re actually working on. This resulted in constantly losing focus on the current<br />

task and getting drawn attention by the other tasks. It‟s best to build a base for the<br />

Conclusion<br />

1<br />

4<br />

6


management, start using it and tweak it on the way which is what was also done with the<br />

management system at Motek Entertainment. The toolset that was developed would<br />

probably make as much difference to animators on bigger productions as it did with us.<br />

Because it actually speeds up exactly those things those focused animators are also<br />

dealing with. Which could make them even more efficient then they are already. Though<br />

again, do they need it? The main part of lacking focus and flow came (for me) mostly<br />

from all of the mind-stress from data-wrangling and production management while<br />

needing to animate at the same time. This is something I‟ve learned through my<br />

research instead of having felt this all along.<br />

Nevertheless the guidelines presented a true working base for developing towards<br />

flow-enhancement. We can introduce a better flow environment for animators by creating<br />

tools they feel instinctively comfortable with. Therefore we need a recognizable and<br />

comfortable interface and way of interaction. This can be done by creating tools that<br />

work in a way they‟ve been taught (by usage of software) or introducing a form of<br />

interaction with close resemblance to that in another field of animation. The focus here is<br />

on the direct response and result where the animator can interact with, he must always<br />

know what he wants to do, how to do it and how it well end up. Technical limitations<br />

should therefore be lifted up to a point where any unnecessary control is done under the<br />

hood and the animator can use the software with high speed and without distractions.<br />

And thus, the core for creating animation tools that work inspiring and motivational is<br />

there. But even more, it allows for far greater focus and much clearer goals. As long as<br />

complex technicalities can be avoided the state of flow becomes manageable. Albeit the<br />

complexity of the rig, the management of data or testing out quick ideas. For all, speed<br />

and direct control with the least amount technical overhead is of utmost importance.<br />

But before any tool could introduce a better flow the disruptions and other<br />

interferences should be lost. This is at a personal level at first. Thus the temptation for<br />

looking up messages on facebook, your phone or singing with the lyrics of a song should<br />

be avoided. But after that, even more importantly, this interference should be avoided<br />

within the production itself. You should be able to focus on a single task and should not<br />

be disrupted by other tasks while doing that task. The first thing is thus to remove any<br />

distractions where possible. This is what in most of my 3D animation work has been what<br />

was breaking my flow and was still not fixed with the tools used in the production of Mac<br />

„n‟ Cheese (2011).<br />

In the end it all comes down to: Yes, it worked. The already developed toolset is<br />

efficacious 32 . As the toolset created on basis of the guidelines were introduced in<br />

production the enthusiasm and overall mood of the animators shifted towards more focus<br />

and moments of rapture. The ideas presented deliver at least some increases in flow‟s<br />

32 Efficacious: producing or capable of producing a desired effect.<br />

Conclusion<br />

1<br />

4<br />

7


presence, but in the end I came to find a lot more possible ways to introduce more flow<br />

to 3D animators. With all these designed concepts I still feel there‟s room for future<br />

development, but thanks to the research, the creation of the short film and the<br />

developing of this toolset already I‟ve started to see what kind of research investments<br />

are worthwhile. With this I have found key principles for creating better than great tools.<br />

Besides I‟ve now quite a list of more things that could speed up the film production, as<br />

described, and I‟m really looking forward to work on those in the (hopefully) near future<br />

and I hope they might be someday useful to all animators among us.<br />

Conclusion<br />

1<br />

4<br />

8


Reference Sources<br />

Animation Mentor on Youtube (2011) Toothless' Treats: Controls on the Dragon<br />

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fzQZXJhmOnQ (May, 2011)<br />

Autodesk - Virtual Moviemaking (2009)<br />

http://images.autodesk.com/adsk/files/the_new_art_of_virtual_moviemaking_-<br />

_autodesk_whitepaper2_1_.pdf (June, 2011)<br />

Bartelson, Eric. (2009) Strak in het pak. http://control-<br />

online.nl/archief/index.php/development/features/254-strak-in-het-pak (June, 2011)<br />

Bazelmans, Mark (2011) Interview with Lemonade animator Mark Bazelmans.<br />

Belgrave, Tito A. (2003) CGsociety-feature: Victor Navone & Carlos Baena and<br />

their work on Finding Nemo<br />

http://features.cgsociety.org/story_custom.php?story_id=1394 (June, 2011)<br />

Body, Brendan (2011) http://brendanbody.blogspot.com/ (June, 2011)<br />

Bradford Paley, W.; Esposito, Chris; Ong, JueyChong (1995) Of mice and monkeys: a<br />

specialized input device for virtual body animation. Published in: I3D ‟95<br />

Proceedings of the 1995 symposium on Interactive 3D graphics. ACM New York, NY, USA.<br />

ISBN:0-89791-736-7<br />

Brekelmans, Jasper (2011) Jasper Brekelmans - Rants about Mocap, MoBu, Maya<br />

and coding http://www.brekel.com/ (June, 2011)<br />

Canemaker, John (2001) Walt Disney's Nine Old Men and the Art of Animation.<br />

New York, NY: Disney Editions. ISBN 0-7868-6496-6.<br />

Carr, Nicholas (2011) Fora.tv conference – Why the human brain can’t multitask.<br />

http://www.fora.tv (June, 2011)<br />

Vertexia: Conductor - Monkey 2TM Advertisement<br />

http://www.vertexia.com/Hot_Mix_18/vendors/aw/AW_Conductors/pages/conductors/pa<br />

ges/monkey/includes/monkey2.pdf (June, 2011)<br />

Csíkszentmihályi, Mihály (1996) Creativity: flow and the psychology of discovery<br />

and invention.<br />

Csíkszentmihályi, Mihály (1997) Finding flow: the psychology of engagement with<br />

everyday life. 1st edition. New York, New York.<br />

Csíkszentmihályi, Mihály (2008) Flow: The Psychology of Optimal Experience.<br />

Dyer, Scott; Martin, Jeff; Zulauf, John. (1995) Motion Capture White Paper<br />

ftp://ftp.sgi.com/sgi/A|W/jam/mocap/MoCapWP_v2.0.html (June, 2011)<br />

Reference Sources<br />

1<br />

4<br />

9


Failes, Ian (2011) Paul: Double Negative’s alien adventure<br />

http://www.fxguide.com/featured/paul-double-negative%E2%80%99s-alien-adventure/<br />

(June, 2011)<br />

Farmer, David (1999) Austega Information Services, article on ―Flow‖.<br />

http://austega.com/education/articles/flow.htm (April, 2011)<br />

Farrington, Jeanne. (2011) From the Research: Myths Worth Dispelling. Seven Plus<br />

or Minus Two. In: Performance Improvement Quarterly. volume 21, issue 4,<br />

http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10.1002/%28ISSN%291937-8327 (June, 2011)<br />

Fielding, Cameron (2011) Quick trick: Draw your timing<br />

http://fliponline.blogspot.com/2011/02/quick-trick-draw-your-timing.html (March, 2011)<br />

Fitz, Daryn (2006) An interview with Victor Navone – Pixar Animator<br />

http://www.planit3d.com/source/interviews/navone/victor_navone1.html (June, 2011)<br />

Fitz, Daryn (2009) Victor Navone. Working with limitations and abstract<br />

characters, the move to directing, the staff bar at Pixar, and much more.<br />

http://www.planit3d.com/source/interviews/navone/victor_navone2.html (June, 2011)<br />

Freeman, Shaun (2011a) Shawn Kelly on using live action reference.<br />

http://www.shaunfreeman.com/animating_tips/live_action.htm (July, 2011)<br />

Freeman, Shaun (2011b) Keith Lango on using live action reference.<br />

http://www.shaunfreeman.com/animating_tips/live_action_keith.htm (July, 2011)<br />

Furniss, Maureen (1999) Motion Capture. http://web.mit.edu/commforum/papers/furniss.html<br />

(June, 2011)<br />

Gazzaley, Adam. (2011) TEDxSanJoseCA - Brain: Memory and Multitasking.<br />

http://www.tedxsanjoseca.com/ (June, 2011)<br />

Gilland, Joseph (2006) Animation World Network. The <strong>Animate</strong>d Scene: ―Paperless<br />

Animation Production‖ — Myth or Reality?<br />

http://www.awn.com/articles/aniscene/animated-scene-paperless-animation-productionmyth-or-reality<br />

(June, 2011)<br />

Girrard, Dave (2011) Polygons, Pixels and Paint: Quote on improvement.<br />

http://polygonspixelsandpaint.tumblr.com/post/7559204138 (July, 2011)<br />

Griffin, W. Glenn; Morrison, Deborah. (2010) The Creative Process Illustrated: How<br />

Advertising’s Big Ideas Are Born. Cincinatti, Ohio.<br />

Halas, John; Whitaker, Harold (2002) Timing for Animation. Focal Press. (PDF)<br />

http://www.floobynooby.com/pdfs/TimingForAnimation.pdf (June, 2011)<br />

ISBN:0240517148<br />

Harlow, H.F. (1962) Development of affection in primates. New York: Harper.<br />

Reference Sources<br />

1<br />

5<br />

0


Hoffman, Hans; T. Weeks, Sara; H. Hayes, Bartlett. (1967) Search for the real, and<br />

other essays. Cambridge, Mass., M.I.T. Press.<br />

Howell, Peter (2009) Pixar gambles on up<br />

http://www.thestar.com/entertainment/movies/article/631555 (June, 2011)<br />

http://liu.english.ucsb.edu/wiki1/index.php/Wallas%27_Process_of_Creative_Thought<br />

(April,2011)<br />

http://members.optusnet.com.au/charles57/Creative/Brain/wallis.htm (April,2011)<br />

http://minyos.its.rmit.edu.au/aim/a_notes/01_cutouts_project.html (June, 2011)<br />

http://xsens.com (June, 2011)<br />

http://www.digitalmediafx.com/Beauty/Features/originalbeauty.html (June,2011)<br />

http://www.directedcreativity.com/pages/WPModels.html (April, 2011)<br />

Kerlow, Isaac V. The Art of 3D Computer Animation and Effects (3 rd Edition)<br />

Lango, Keith (2010) Masterclass on animating in 3D Software. (Rotterdam)<br />

Lasseter, John (1987) Principles of Traditional Animation applied to Computer<br />

Animation. Academic article. In: ACM Siggraph Computer Graphics. Volume 21 Issue<br />

4. New York, New York.<br />

Lep Chan, Kep (2007) A Proposed Character Animation Workflow for Digital<br />

Production Arts with preparation for Cloth Dynamics. (PDF)<br />

http://etd.lib.clemson.edu/documents/1193078947/umi-clemson-1289.pdf (June, 2011)<br />

Miller, George A. (1956) The Magical Number Seven, Plus or Minus Two: Some<br />

Limits on Our Capacity for Processing Information. Academic thesis, Princeton. In:<br />

Psychological Review 63 (2), Mar 1956,: 81–97.<br />

Motek Entertainment. http://www.motekentertainment.com/ (June, 2011)<br />

Mullaney, Tara. (2009) Sustaining the Human-Object Relationship.<br />

http://www.design-emotion.com/2009/07/24/sustaining-the-human-object-relationship/,<br />

(07-2011)<br />

Musker, John; Clements, Ron; and del Vecho, Peter (2010). DVD/Blu-ray Disc audio<br />

commentary for The Princess and the Frog. Walt Disney Home Entertainment.<br />

Navone, Victor (2008) www.strutyourreel.com (October, 2010)<br />

Online Dictionary Reference. http://dictionary.reference.com/ (March, 2011)<br />

Robertson, Barbara (2010) Computer Graphics World – The tradition lives on.<br />

http://www.cgw.com/Publications/CGW/2010/Volume-33-Issue-1-Jan-2010-/The-<br />

Tradition-Lives-On.aspx (June, 2011)<br />

Reference Sources<br />

1<br />

5<br />

1


Rickard, Mike (2003) 3D Total Interviews - Carlos Baena<br />

http://www.3dtotal.com/team/interviews/carlos_baena/3d_total_article_cbaena.php<br />

(June, 2011)<br />

Schleifer, Jason (2009) Animator Friendly Rigging (DVD Pack)<br />

http://jasonschleifer.com/afr/ (April, 2011)<br />

Schleifer, Jason shhhLife! Animation. Rigging and a whole lotta talkin<br />

http://jasonschleifer.com/ (April, 2011)<br />

Stough, Eric (2002) Interview with Eric Stough, animation director. Animation<br />

Magazine 16.7, 26 July 2002. Available online at<br />

http://www.spscriptorium.com/SPinfo/MakingOfSouthPark.htm (June, 2011)<br />

Pitzke, Marc (2005) Ende des Disney-Zeichentricks<br />

http://www.spiegel.de/kultur/kino/0,1518,370255,00.html (June, 2011)<br />

Pixar.com (2011) http://www.pixar.com/ (June, 2011)<br />

Planit3D.com (2009)<br />

http://www.planit3d.com/source/interviews/navone/victor_navone2.html (June, 2011)<br />

Sternberg, Robert J. (1998) Thinking and Problem Solving. San Diego, California.<br />

Thomas, Frank; Johnston Ollie (1995) The Illusion of Life – Disney Animation<br />

Toonboom (2011a)<br />

http://www.toonboom.com/company/paperless/production.php (June, 2011)<br />

Toonboom (2011b) http://www.toonboom.com/company/paperless/preProduction.php<br />

(June 2011)<br />

Van Kooten, Gijs (2011) Interview for <strong>Pressure</strong>. <strong>Release</strong>. <strong>Animate</strong>.<br />

Weisberg, Robert W. (2006) Creativity: understanding innovation in problem<br />

solving, science, invention, and the arts. Hoboken, New Jersey<br />

Wikipedia Contributors, ―Traditional Animation‖ Wikipedia, The Free Encyclopedia<br />

(May, 2011)<br />

Wikipedia Contributors, ―The Magical Number Seven, Plus or Minus Two‖ Wikipedia,<br />

The Free Encyclopedia (June, 2011)<br />

Williams, Richard. (2001) The Animator’s Survival Kit. London: Faber and faber.<br />

Wells, Paul (1998) Understanding animation. London: Routledge.<br />

Reference Sources<br />

1<br />

5<br />

2


1. Workflow and Pipeline clarification.<br />

Attachments<br />

Attachments<br />

1<br />

5<br />

3


Workflow and Pipeline clarification. (relevant with Chapter 1.4)<br />

Attachments<br />

1<br />

5<br />

4

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!